Phoenix Contact Measurement and Control Technology

52 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology

The modular analog converters for mea- Product range overview surement and control technology prevent analog signals from being distorted by dis- Product overview 54 turbance variables. With accurate conversion, isolation, filtering or amplification of Selection guide for isolating amplifiers 56 analog signals, they secure and increase transmission quality and therefore the qual- Basics 58 ity of closed-loop control circuits. Highly compact isolating amplifiers – We offer the following product ranges: MINI Analog 64 Analog IN/Analog OUT 66 Highly compact isolating amplifiers – Temperature 76 MINI Analog Frequency 82 For significant space savings and efficiency Potentiometers 84 – Design width of just 6.2 mm – System cabling and multiplexer solutions Limit values 85 – 3-way electrical isolation Digital IN 86 Accessories 87 Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Isolating amplifiers with For maximum signal safety SIL functional safety – MACX Analog 100 – Consistent SIL certification Analog IN/Analog OUT 102 – Safe 3-way electrical isolation Temperature potentiometers/limit values 110 Digital IN 120 Isolating amplifiers, special types, and Accessories 126 digital displays – MCR Analog

For special applications in signal processing Isolating amplifiers, special designs, and – Electrical isolation digital displays – MCR Analog 130 – Record and convert temperatures directly Analog IN/Analog OUT 131 in the field Temperature potentiometers/limit values 136 Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL Frequency 144 functional safety – MACX Analog Ex Limit values 146 For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area Accessories 149 – Maximum explosion protection for all Digital displays 150 Ex zones and gas groups

– Design width of just 12.5 mm for all EX i isolating amplifiers with single- and two-channel devices SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex 152 – Safe 3-way electrical isolation Analog IN 160 Analog OUT 164 Temperature 165 Digital IN 172 Digital OUT 179 Accessories 182

Multiplexers for HART signals 186

Ex i 2-conductor field devices 187 Accessories 190

PHOENIX CONTACT 53 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Product overview

Highly compact isolating amplifiers

MINI Analog Supply components, feed-through terminal System cabling, termination carriers Surge protection Page 64 blocks, marking material Page 88 Page 92 Page 98

Digital displays Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety

For standard signals, setpoint adjusters MACX Analog Ex Supply components, marking material System cabling, termination carriers Page 150 Page 152 Page 182 Page 184

Energy and power measuring technology

EMpro energy meters EMpro special function and communication PSK data logger kits PSK compressed air meters Page 200 modules Page 202 Page 206 Page 208

Current protectors, AC Voltage transducers SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring EMD-BL Page 235 Page 236 Page 134 compact monitoring relays Page 250

54 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Product overview

Isolating amplifiers with functional safety Isolating amplifiers Special designs

MACX Analog Supply components, marking material System cabling, termination carriers MCR Analog Page 100 Page 126 Page 128 Page 130

Multiplexers Ex i 2-cond. field devices Accessories

Multiplexers for HART signals Ex i 2-conductor field devices Shield fast connection Test plugs Page 186 Page 187 Page 191 Page 191

Current transformers Test disconnect Current and voltage measuring technology terminal blocks

PACT current transformers Test disconnect terminal blocks Current transducers, AC/DC Current transducers, AC Page 212 See Catalog 3 Page 229 Page 232

Controllers Surge protection

EMD Controllers Surge protection for measurement and multifunctional monitoring relays Page 252 See Catalog 8 control technology See Catalog 6

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 55 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Selection guide for isolating amplifiers

Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Analog IN/Analog OUT Page 3-way isolating amplifiers Configurable From 66 Fixed signal combinations 71 4-way signal duplicators Configurable 72 3-way repeater power supplies 1-channel 73 Signal duplicators 2-channel 2-way passive isolators Supplied by an input loop 74 Supplied by an output loop 75 3-way output isolators Fixed signal combinations Digital displays Standard signals Setpoint adjuster Temperature Temperature transducers Universal Universal, supplied by an output loop For resistance thermometers (RTD) 76 For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive For Pt 100 From 77 For Pt 100, supplied by an output loop 79 For thermocouples 80 For thermocouples, type J and K 81 Temperature head transmitters Universal, supplied by an output loop Pt 100, supplied by an output loop Frequency Frequency transducers Universal 82 Analog frequency transducers 83 Potentiometer/resistor Potiposition transducers 84 Setpoint potentiometers Limit values Threshold value switches Standard analog signals, universal Standard analog signals 85 Temperature

Digital IN

Isolation amplifiers NAMUR sensors, floating contacts 86

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, wide range NAMUR sensors on NAM Digital OUT Solenoid drivers Loop-powered With line fault detection Accessories Configuration Configuration software Cables 119 Display unit and operator interface, removable Holder module for display unit and operator interface Constant voltage source Constant voltage source 87 Setpoint potentiometers System cabling System components 94 1:1 feed-through terminal block 88 Termination carriers 97 Multiplexers Analog multiplexers 95 Multiplexers for HART signals Power terminal block/error message modules/ From 89 Supply components T-Connectors/system power supply Marking material 88 Surge protection 98 Shield fast connection 191 Test plugs Resistance circuit For line fault detection 183

56 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Selection guide for isolating amplifiers

Isolating amplifiers with Special types of isolating amplifiers Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety - MACX Analog and digital displays functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Page Page Page From 102 131 160 132 106 160 107 161 162 134

109 164 150 151

From 114 136 From 168 140 187 110 165

138 141 112 166

142 188 143 189

144

From 114 From 168 148

146 147 139 116 170 146

120 172 124 176 122 174 125 177 123 175 178

From 179 179

149 149 119 149 149 118 118

148

129 184

186 From 126 126

127 127

191 191 191 191 191 183 183

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 57 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Basics Input Analog output Digital output

Maximum input signal Maximum output signal Relays The maximum input signal describes the If the devices operate without fault condi- Many of the products with a relay output value achieved before any damage occurs to tions, an overload at the input cannot cause that are shown in the catalog feature hard the module and the signal generator. If these greater values than this maximum to occur gold-plated relay contact material. The volt- values are exceeded, suppresser diodes can at the output. age range has an important role to play in be triggered to short circuit this input when terms of how this contact material can be a surge voltage is detected. The transmis- Zero/span adjustment used. Up to 50 mA can be transmitted with sion range of the analog signals is located When the zero point is set, the zero point voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC. exclusively within the specified input ranges. of an analog output is adjusted and set in re- Even very small currents are transmitted lation to the input signal. perfectly. If the aforementioned voltage Input resistance When the “amplification” span is set, the range is exceeded and values of 250 V The input resistance of an isolating ampli- analog output is adjusted in relation to the AC/DC are processed, currents of up to 2 fier or measuring transducer is determined input signal. In this case, the output charac- A can flow. However, in this case the subse- in such a way as to ensure that the input sig- teristic is increased or decreased by an am- quent transmission of small currents can no nal is loaded only slightly. This results in a plification factor. longer be guaranteed. low-resistance input for current inputs and a high-resistance input for voltage inputs. Load Transistor The load on the output side indicates the A PNP transistor switching output can be Voltage drop load-carrying capacity of a measuring trans- used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals In the case of passive isolators, the input ducer or an isolating amplifier. Current out- up to approximately 100 mA. voltage drop occurs as a result of the volt- puts can usually drive a maximum of 500 , age drop of the operational load and the voltage outputs can be loaded with a mini- auxiliary power requirements of the mod- mum of up to 10 k. ule. The greater the auxiliary power re- General data quirements of the passive isolator, the Residual ripple/ripple smaller the operational output load is al- A superimposed ripple can appear on the Supply voltage lowed to be. Low auxiliary power require- output signal due to signal conditioning re- The product range includes DC and AC ments are regarded as an indicator of device quired by the circuit. The residual ripple is power supply units for specific products. quality. indicated in mVPP or mVrms. There is a standard power supply unit available in the form of a 24 V DC version that Common mode rejection Open circuit response operates within a voltage range of In the case of isolating amplifiers, opera- With some measuring transducers, the 20 ... 30 V DC. For other supply voltages, tional amplifiers are used internally for input signal is permanently monitored for please refer to the technical data. transmission purposes. In theory, opera- possible open circuits in the signal cable. If tional amplifiers should display ideal trans- the signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance Current consumption mission and amplification behavior. Howev- limit, an open circuit is detected and a de- The value specified here describes the er, it is a different matter in practice. When fined output signal is sent. With program- auxiliary power requirements of the devic- both input voltages are changed in the same mable devices, the output signals can be es. It also includes the output current and, direction, i.e., exactly the same voltage to freely selected. where applicable, the switching output load. ground is applied to both input terminal blocks, this leads to an unintended output Transmission errors signal. Theoretically, if the operational am- The transmission precision is a gauge of plifier is ideal, no output signal should ap- the quality of a measuring transducer. It is pear since the differential input signal is the deviation from the ideal transmission “0 V”. Common mode rejection indicates characteristic curve and includes linearity, the factor (in dB) by which the common in- span, and offset errors. put voltage at both inputs is amplified to a lesser extent than the difference in voltage Non-linearity between the two inputs. Non-linearity is the deviation from the ideal transmission precision without including span and offset errors. The non-linearity of a signal makes it possible to evaluate the course from zero to end point. Normally, the linearity errors are expressed as a percentage that indicates the extent of deviation from the ideal transmission characteristic curve.

58 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Basics Temperature coefficient Ambient temperature range Protective circuit The temperature coefficient provides an The temperature limits specified here re- In order to protect the measurement and assessment of the extent to which precision late exclusively to operation. These limits control modules against surge voltages, sup- deviates when the ambient temperature do not apply to storage and transport. It is pressor diodes are connected upstream of around an isolating amplifier or measuring here where the temperature limits of the the signal and supply paths. These diodes transducer changes. In most cases this is materials used are the decisive factor. If the behave in a similar manner to conventional specified as a percentage. An alternative devices are outside of the specified temper- Zener diodes, except for the fact that sup- definition is ppm/K (parts per million/Kel- ature range during assembly, they must be pressor diodes have faster response times vin). Example: brought back within the specified tempera- and a higher maximum current. 250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K. ture range prior to system startup. It is important to make sure that no condensation Limit frequency occurs during this process. Isolating amplifiers are basically designed to transmit DC signals. However, signal changes call for a dynamic form of behavior so that small AC quantities (normally: 30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is achieved by defining a limit frequency. At the same time, a low limit frequency can be used to suppress higher-frequency AC components.

Step response The step response indicates the response time of the output signal when an input sig- Information on directives and stan- nal step occurs (10 ... 90%). The step re- dards sponse is inversely proportional to the limit When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of equip- frequency. This means that the response ment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to installation The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to installa- must be observed. tion in devices. time decreases as the limit frequency in- (Standards applicable at the time of going to print) creases. Directives EU International Te s t vo l t age EMC Directive (electromagnetic compatibility) 2004/108/EC - The test voltage indicates the dielectric Low Voltage Directive (LVD) 2006/95/EC - strength of an isolated distance and is determined by type tests. In this test, a 50 Hz Ex Directive (ATEX) 94/9/EC - voltage is applied for one minute; it de- Product standards scribes the value achieved before a disrup- Electronic equipment for use in power installations EN 50178:1997 - tive discharge is able to move to another Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory potential level in the device. use - EN 61010-1:2001 IEC 61010-1:2004 Part 1: General requirements Safe isolation Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests EN 61131-2:2007 IEC 61131-2:2007 “Safe isolation” is defined as protection against hazardous shock currents. When EMC module specifications are provided in accor- EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments EN 61000-6-2:2005 IEC 61000-6-2:2005 dance with EN 61010, a distinction is made between faultless operation and operation EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments EN 61000-6-4:2007 IEC 61000-6-4:2006 under fault conditions. Nominal supply voltages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are deemed valid Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use EN 61326-1:2006 IEC 61326-1:2005 for faultless operation. EMC requirements ATEX

Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres - Part 0: General requirements EN 60079-0:2006 IEC 60079-0:2007

Explosive atmospheres - Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i” EN 60079-11:2007 IEC 60079-11:2006

Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres - Part 15: Construction, test and marking of type of protection “n” electrical apparatus EN 60079-15:2005 IEC 60079-15:2005

Environmental tests

Environmental testing - Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold EN 60068-2-1:2007 IEC 60068-2-1:2007

Environmental testing - Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat EN 60068-2-2:2007 IEC 60068-2-2:2007

Environmental testing - Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal) EN 60068-2-6:2008 IEC 60068-2-6:2008

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 59 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Basics Active isolation

3-way isolation Input isolation Repeater power supply

Power for measuring IN OUT Output sig- IN OUT Output transducer IN OUT Output Input signal Input signal signal nal signal Input signal

POWER POWER POWER

In the case of modules with this isolation In the case of modules with this isolation Repeater power supplies use the signal in- method, all components that are connected method, the electronics connected on the put side not only for measured value acqui- to the input, output or power supply are output side (e.g., the controller) are to be sition, but also to provide the necessary protected against interference from each protected from interference from the field. power to the passive measurement sensors other. All three directions (input, output, For this reason, only the input is electrically connected on the input side. and power supply) are electrically isolated isolated from the output and the power On the output side, they provide a fil- from one another accordingly. supply that are at the same potential. tered and amplified signal (e.g., from the The 3-way isolation provides electrical On the input side, the modules need ac- controller). isolation between the measurement sensor tive signals (e.g., from measurement sen- The isolation method used by these mod- and the controller as well as between the sors). On the output side, they provide a fil- ules is input isolation. controller and the actuator. tered and amplified signal (e.g., from the On the input side, the modules need ac- controller). tive signals. On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal.

Passive isolation Applications

Passive isolation, supplied on the Passive isolation, supplied on the Problem: disruptive radiation input side output side (loop-powered)

Power Power I via signal IN via signal IN Output Input signal RE Input signal OUT signal OUT Output signal

The modules draw the power needed for The modules draw the power needed for Solution: signal transmission and electrical isolation signal transmission and electrical isolation from the active input circuit. On the output from the active output circuit, ideally from a I side, a conditioned current signal is provid- PLC input board that supplies power. RE ed to the controller or to actuators. On the output side, the loop-powered This passive isolation allows signal condi- modules operate with a 4 ... 20 mA stan- tioning (interruption of ground loops) and dard signal. On the input side, the passive filtering without an additional power supply. isolator processes active signals. Problem: voltage difference in the ground potential When this isolation method is used, it is important to make sure that the active signal source connected on the output side RE (e.g., an active PLC input board) is able to P Ground current loop P supply the passive isolator with power, as Ground 1 Ground 2 well as operate its load. Solution:

No ground current PGround 1 loop PGround 2

60 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Basics Resistance thermometers

Resistance thermometers: Two-conductor connection technology Identical cable lengths and an identical Resistance change as a function of the temperature The resistance thermome- i ambient temperature are essential here. ter is connected to the MCR RL1 Since this is more or less the case in the

] 10000

 measuring transducer using a majority of applications, three-conductor Pt 1000 RL2 1000 two-core cable. Please note technology is the most commonly encoun- Pt 100 100 that the supply cable resistances are added tered today. Line compensation is not nec- Pt 10

Resistance [ to the measured resistance and conse- essary.

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

-200 -100 quently distort the result. Temperature [°C] A distance of 10 m should not be exceeded. Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100, Example: a 50 m long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm2 has a specific resistance of 3.4 . A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change of Four-conductor connection technology Ni 1000) change their resistance value de- 0.384  per 1 K temperature change. This corresponds to an error of Four-conductor connection technology is 8.8°C. pending on the temperature. The MCR an ideal connection technology for resis- temperature transducers detect this change tance thermometers. and convert it into a proportional analog The measurement result is affected nei- signal. ther by cable resistances nor by their tem- To avoid unwanted self-heating of the Three-conductor connection technology perature-dependent fluctuations. The volt- sensor, the constant measured current Three-conductor technol- i age drop on the supply and return lines can used is kept as low as possible ogy is normally used to mini- RL1 therefore be measured and compensated (MCR-T-UI...  250 A). mize the effect of cable resis- RL2 for separately. Line compensation is not

tances. An additional cable is RL3 necessary. connected to the resistance thermometer, so that the latter can be measured using two measuring circuits, one of which acts as a reference. In this way, it is possible to compensate for the cable resistance.

Thermocouples

Thermocouples: If the same temperature Fe Therefore, only the difference in the ther- Thermocouple voltage change as a function of the temperature prevails at the measuring Cu mal voltages between constantan (Cu-Ni) 80 Typ E junction (1) and the cold Cu and iron is of relevance. Typ J CuNi junction (2), no current will A role is also played by the temperature 60 Typ K flow because the generated at the terminal point. If it is known, the tem- Typ N 40 partial voltages cancel each other out. How- perature at the measuring junction can be ever, if the temperatures at the measuring derived by adding the thermal voltage mea- Typ R 20 Typ T junction and the cold junction are different, sured at the same junction. Typ S Typ B different voltages are produced. These volt- The MCR temperature transducers for 0 Thermocouple voltage [mV] voltage Thermocouple ages do not completely cancel each other thermocouples therefore detect the tem-

0 out, and so current flows. perature at the terminal points and com-

200

400

600

800

-200

1000

1200

1400

1600 1800 A thermocouple therefore always mea- pensate this value, which is also referred to Temperature [°C] sures only one temperature difference. This as the reference junction or the cold junc- In contrast to resistance thermometers, is derived from the difference between the tion. thermocouples are active sources that gen- thermal voltages at the measuring junction This process is sometimes called cold erate a voltage in the microvolt range. The and at the cold junction. junction compensation. temperature difference measured between The voltage produced by the thermoelec- the measurement junction and the cold tric effect is very low; only a few microvolts junction is converted into an absolute temper Kelvin. perature with the help of cold junction Example: if a type J thermocouple (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper terminal block, thermal voltages with opposite polarity will be generated compensation. (at the iron-copper and copper-constantan transitions) and cancel each other out. Operating principle: If different metals are joined together, a thermal voltage is produced in the metal at- oms as a result of the different binding energies of the electrons. This voltage is dependent firstly on the metals themselves and secondly on the temperature.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 61 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Basics Digital displays

Use of the freely programmable l/min) to the total flow integrated in the Application: characteristic curve background, which can be displayed in any Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I

The freely programmable characteristic unit. This saves space and money, because 4...20 mA curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed there is no need for a second digital display. value to the input value, is important in pro- Limit values can also be called at the cess applications for indicating flow rates or touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can bar liquid levels. be assigned to either the actual value or the The purpose of level measurements is cumulative value. If the latter value is ex- very often not to determine how much liq- ceeded, one of the two output relays is ac- uid is still inside the tank, but rather to es- tivated. Table: Analog signal Display value tablish how much has been drawn out of it. Other applications include indicating liq- Interpolation 4 mA 15 bar In this case, the characteristic curve can uid levels, pressures, and temperatures. point 1 Interpolation 20 mA 30 bar simply be inverted in order to display the re- With servo motors, the analog output sig- point 2 quired value. nals (0 ... 10 V) generated by the tachome- ter can be supplied to the input of the digital Characteristic curve: Parameterization of the characteristic display in order to indicate the motor curve using interpolation points speed. Interpolation point 2 With non-linear input signals, the re- ceived analog values can be assigned to the value to be displayed by means of a programmable characteristic curve. This curve Interpolation point 1 Measured value [mA] value Measured can consist of up to 24 interpolation points. Pressure [bar] This allows flow sensors with a non-linear characteristic curve to be adapted, for in- stance. The analog signal digital displays in the Function Line additionally feature a sum- ming function which - to take a typical example from bottling technology - allows you to switch over at the touch of a button from the instantaneous value (= flow rate in

Switching behavior of relay or – In the “on” state, the relay is permanently Possible settings for the switching behavior picked up. It only responds if there is an transistor outputs: Relay picks up when the value is below SPL, open circuit and it has been set to drop hysteresis active out when this happens. Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded, A different kind of switching behavior can – In the “off” state, the relay only responds hysteresis active Relay picks up when the value is below SPL be defined for each relay or each transistor if there is an open circuit and it has been when it reaches a preset switching point. set to pick up when this happens. Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded All the possible settings for the switching behavior are shown and explained in the list: Relay picks up when the value is below SPH – The first two options include hysteresis, Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH the direction from which a switching point is reached. Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH

– For the remaining options, with the excep- Relay is permanently dropped tion of the last two (“on” and “off”), a switching tolerance is taken into account Relay is permanently picked up

to prevent the relay contact from “chat- SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point) tering”. The relay is not switched until the SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point) switching point plus switching tolerance has been reached.

62 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Basics Non-intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive areas

Electrical equipment operated in systems EN 60079-0) with IP54 protection mini- Installation requirements with potentially explosive areas is subject to mum. The figure shows a range of options for different usage requirements, depending on installing electrical devices in areas with a the application. Example: danger of gas explosions. Special require- For example, electrical equipment could A sensor/actuator with protection type ments regarding the configuration, selec- be used in the following locations when an- “n” can be connected to an isolator from tion, and installation of electrical systems in alog signals are being transmitted: the MINI Analog or MACX Analog ranges areas with a danger of gas explosions can be – Sensors and actuators can be located in in zone 2. found in EN 60079-14. zone 0, zone 1 or zone 2. In the 2008 edition, the relevant contents – Signal transmitters can be located in When selecting suitable devices for zone of EN 61241-14 were incorporated in zone 1, zone 2 or the safe area. 2, it must be ensured that the electrical data EN 60079-14. – The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe area. of the sensors/actuators is not exceeded. EN 61241-14 must still be observed when If the sensors/actuators are mounted in installing electrical equipment in areas con- For examples of the kinds of electrical de- explosion-proof housing or if they have taining combustible dust. Other important vices that can be installed for the purpose of their own explosion-proof housing, they factors when it comes to running systems in transmitting signals, please see the figure. can also be installed in zone 1. potentially explosive areas are inspection, Devices must be designed to offer a suit- maintenance, and repairs. Stipulations re- able protection type if they are to be used garding these matters can be found in in zone 2. The MINI Analog and EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19. MACX Analog ranges are designed to provide protection type “n” for this purpose and must be installed in zone 2 in suitable and approved housing (EN 60079-15 and

Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission

Safe area

Zone 2 Sensor/ actuator MACX Ex n Ex n

Zone 1

Sensor/ actuator MACX Ex n Ex n

Housing e.g., Ex d MACX Sensor/ Ex n actuator

Housing IP54*

Housing e.g., Ex d MINI Sensor/ Ex n actuator

Sensor/ actuator MINI Ex n Ex n

Housing IP54*

Sensor/ MINI actuator Ex n Ex n

*Use of suitable housing approved for use in zone 2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 63 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Highly compact and efficient Frequency Fault monitoring MINI Analog isolating amplifiers isolate, – Frequency transducer up to 80 kHz Fault monitoring is a modular solution for convert, filter, and amplify your analog sig- – Analog frequency transducers convenient error evaluation in multi-chan- nals – with a design width of just 6.2 mm. nel applications. Potentiometer/resistor Depending on the module type, the fol- The isolating amplifiers from the MINI – Potentiometer measuring transducers Analog range offer the full spectrum of ana- lowing errors can be indicated by means of with automatic potentiometer detection log signal conditioning. They are therefore a group error message: extremely efficient with regard to saving Limit values – Overrange costs, space, and energy. – Threshold value switches with PDT relay – Underrange The comprehensive approval package Digital IN – Open circuit means that they can be used in a variety of – NAMUR isolating amplifiers with relay – Short circuit areas. output –Module error It is also possible to detect and indicate Choose the right MINI Analog isolating Accessories the failure of a supply voltage at the power amplifier for your application: – Supply components terminal block. Analog IN/OUT –Fault monitoring module The modularity is characterized by the – Universal and standard 3-way isolating – System cabling ability to freely adjust error evaluation, both amplifiers –Marking material on the device side and in the evaluation – 3-way repeater power supplies – Surge protection module. – 4-way signal duplicators Fault monitoring is compatible with and – 2-way passive isolators can be used for the following isolating ampli- – Output loop-powered isolators fier ranges: Te m p e ratu re – MINI Analog – Universal measuring transducers for resis- – MACX Analog tance thermometers and thermocouples – Active measuring transducers for Pt 100 and thermocouples – Output loop-powered Pt 100 measuring transducers

64 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Space savings of up to 65% Fault monitoring and power bridging Clearly arranged wiring – Compared to other isolating amplifiers – The DIN rail connector simplifies supply – Eight connections, with a choice of screw on the market with design widths up to and enables group error monitoring. or spring-cage terminal blocks. 17.5 mm.

Low power consumption High operational reliability Easy configuration – The resulting minimal self-heating results – 3-way electrical isolation increases the – Can be configured easily via DIP switches in a long service life and a high degree of operational reliability against system or software, for extended functionality operational reliability. disturbances. and monitoring.

Reduction in analog inputs on controllers Time-saving system cabling Fast and error-free signal connection – The MINI Analog multiplexer reduces up to – Plug and play – for eight channels on the – Compact termination carriers connect eight analog signals to a single 4  20 mA isolating amplifier and controller side. MINI Analog devices to the automation signal. system – plug and play and hot-swappable.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 65 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT IN U,I OUT U,I 1 1 5 5 U,I + + active US 4-wire passive GND 1 GND 2 2 2 6 6 D GND – – W

+24V +24V + 3 7 + H

GND 3 – 4 GND 3 8 – IN U,I U,I OUT Configurable, up to 36 signal combinations +24V POWER GND 3

Zone 2 Div. 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Highly compact isolating amplifier for 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω Output data U output I output tion, and filtering of standard analog sig- Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA nals 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 28 mA – Up to 36 signal combinations can be con- No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V figured using DIP switches Short-circuit current Approx. 22 mA Load R ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) – 3-way isolation B Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – Low power consumption General data U output I output

– Power supply possible through the foot Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC element (T-Connector) Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC Current consumption < 9 mA (Voltage output, < 19 mA (Current output, – Standard configuration: at 24 V DC incl. load) at 24 V DC incl. load) 0 ... 10 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output Power consumption < 200 mW (Voltage output) < 450 mW (Current output) Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value) configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz components can be found starting at page 88 Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.2 ms Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Mounting Any Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals, Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI1) 2864383 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP1) 2864710 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC1) 2864150 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC1) 2864163 1

66 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI (Standard configuration entered as example)

Input Output Factory calibration Order No. certificate 2864383 / IN03 / OUT01 / NONE NONE = Without factory 2864383 = IN01 = 0...20 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA YES = With factory ...-UI-UI IN02 = 4...20 mA OUT02 = 4...20 mA calibration IN03 = 0...10 V OUT03 = 0...10 V certificate (fee) 2864710 = IN04 = 2...10 V OUT04 = 2...10 V YESPLUS = Factory calibration ...-UI-UI-SP IN05 = 0...5 V OUT05 = 0...5 V certificate with IN06 = 1...5 V OUT06 = 1...5 V 5measuring points (fee)

Combination table for input and output signals DIP switch SW 2 DIP switch SW 1 Input Output DIP 1 DIP 2 DIP 3 DIP 4 DIP 5 DIP 6 DIP 1 DIP 2 0 - 10 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 0 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 2 - 10 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF 4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 - 5 V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF 1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 - 5 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF 0 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 1 - 5 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF 4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF 2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 0 - 5 V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF 1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 0 - 20 mA 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON 0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON 0 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON 4 - 20 mA 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON 2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 0 - 5 V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON

Application example: Level measurement

Level sensor 24V

0...20mA 0...10V 1 IN OUT 5

2 GND1 GND2 6 Control system

3 UB+ UB+ 7

4 GND3 GND3 8

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 24V

Mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 67 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT U INU OUT U,I 1 + 1 5 + 5 active US 4-wire passive GND1 GND2 2 2 6 6 D GND – – W

+24V +24V + 3 7 + H

GND3 – 4 GND3 8 – IN U U,I OUT Configurable, for shunt measurements +24V POWER GND3

Zone 2   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 0 ... 50 mV – Highly compact isolating amplifier for Maximum input signal Approx. 30 V DC electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Input resistance Approx. 10 kΩ Output data U output I output tion, and filtering of mV signals to create Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA standard analog signals 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V – Ideal for converting signals in the case of ( The bi-polar output can be used shunt measurements only for bi-polar input signals.) – Up to 280 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches – 3-way isolation Maximum output signal 12.5 V 28 mA Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)

– Low power consumption Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – Power supply possible through the foot General data Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC element (T-Connector) Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC – Standard configuration: Power consumption < 450 mW (Current output) Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.2% 0 ... 50 mV input, 0 ... 20 mA output Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Limit frequency (3 dB) (100 Hz / 30 Hz switchable) Notes: Step response (10 - 90%) 3.5 ms (At 100 Hz) To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Degree of protection IP20 components can be found starting at page 88 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Mounting Any Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for realization of mV voltages in standard signals, Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 2810858 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP 2810874 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC1) 2810780 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC1) 2810793 1

68 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Order key MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)

Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certificate Order No. FCC 2810858 / IN40 / OUT01 / 100 / NONE IN40 = 0...50 mV IN28 = 0...500 mV IN53 = -50...+50 mV IN17 = -500...+500 mV OUT01 = 0...20 mA 30 = 30 Hz NONE = without FCC 2810858 = IN24 = 0...60 mV IN46 = 0...600 mV IN13 = -60...+60 mV IN59 = -600...+600 mV OUT02 = 4...20 mA 100 = 100 Hz YES = with FCC (a fee is ...-SHUNT-UI IN41 = 0...75 mV IN47 = 0...750 mV IN54 = -75...+75 mV IN60 = -750...+750 mV OUT03 = 0...10 V charged) IN42 = 0...80 mV IN48 = 0...800 mV IN55 = -80...+80 mV IN61 = -800...+800 mV OUT04 = 2...10 V IN25 = 0...100 mV IN29 = 0...1.0 V IN14 = -100...+100 mV IN18 = -1.0...+1.0 V OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = Factory calibration 2810874 = IN43 = 0...120 mV IN49 = 0...1.2 V IN56 = -120...+120 mV IN62 = -1.2...+1.2 V OUT06 = 1...5 V certificate with ...-SHUNT-UI-SP IN44 = 0...150 mV IN50 = 0...1.5 V IN57 = -150...+150 mV IN63 = -1.5...+1.5 V 5measuring points IN26 = 0...200 mV IN30 = 0...2.0 V IN15 = -200...+200 mV IN19 = -2.0...+2.0 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V (a fee is charged) IN45 = 0...240 mV IN51 = 0...2.4 V IN58 = -240...+240 mV IN64 = -2.4...+2.4 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V IN27 = 0...300 mV IN52 = 0...3.0 V IN16 = -300...+300 mV IN65 = -3.0...+3.0 V

Note: A bipolar output (-5...+5 V, -10...+10 V) can only be used for a bipolar input signal.

Combination table for input and output signals Voltage output Current output Input -10...+10 V 0...10 V 2...10 V -5...+5 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...50 mV x x x x x x 0...60 mV x x x x x x 0...75 mV x x x x x x 0...80 mV x x x x x x 0...100 mV x x x x x x 0...120 mV x x x x x x 0...150 mV x x x x x x 0...200 mV x x x x x x 0...240 mV x x x x x x 0...300 mV x x x x x x 0...500 mV x x x x x x 0...600 mV x x x x x x 0...750 mV x x x x x x 0...800 mV x x x x x x 0...1 V x x x x x x 0...1.2 V x x x x x x 0...1.5 V x x x x x x 0...2 V x x x x x x 0...2.4 V x x x x x x 0...3 V x x x x x x -50...50 mV x x x x x x x x -60...60 mV x x x x x x x x -75...75 mV x x x x x x x x -80...80 mV x x x x x x x x -100...100 mV x x x x x x x x -120...120 mV x x x x x x x x -150...150 mV x x x x x x x x -200...200 mV x x x x x x x x -240...240 mV x x x x x x x x -300...300 mV x x x x x x x x -500...500 mV x x x x x x x x -600...600 mV x x x x x x x x -750...750 mV x x x x x x x x -800...800 mV x x x x x x x x -1...1 V x x x x x x x x -1.2...1.2 V x x x x x x x x -1.5...1.5 V x x x x x x x x -2...2 V x x x x x x x x -2.4...2.4 V x x x x x x x x -3...3 V x x x x x x x x

Application example: Monitoring of loading and unloading currents

Shunt 1 IN OUT5 resistor ±...mV U/I 2 GND1 GND26 Controller

3 UB+ UB+7

4 GND3 GND38 24V +– MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI Battery Supply

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 69 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT U INU OUT U,I 1 + 1 5 + 5 active US 4-wire passive GND1 GND2 2 2 6 6 D GND – – W

+24V +24V + 3 7 + H

GND3 – 4 GND3 8 – IN U U,I OUT Configurable, +24V POWER GND3 for 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V input signals

Zone 2 Div. 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V – Highly compact isolating amplifier for Input resistance Approx. 125 kΩ (0 ... 24 V) electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Output data U output I output Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA tion, and filtering of 24 V or 30 V DC 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V signals to create standard analog signals Maximum output signal ≤ 12.5 V 28 mA No-load voltage ≤ 12.5 V – Up to 12 signal combinations can be con- Short-circuit current ≤ 22 mA

figured using DIP switches Load RB > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) Ripple < 20 mV (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mV (at 500 Ω) – 3-way isolation PP PP – Low power consumption General data Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Power supply possible through the foot Power consumption < 450 mW element (T-Connector) Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K – Standard configuration: Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz 0 ... 30 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.5 ms Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Notes: Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 components can be found starting at page 88 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals, Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-U-UI1) 2864053 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP1) 2811213 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC1) 2865007 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC1) 2810078 1

Order key MINI MCR-SL-U-UI (standard configuration entered as example) Order No. Input Output 0...24V 0...10V 2864053 / IN39 / OUT01 1 IN U OUT 5

2 GND1 GND2 6 2864053 = ...-U-UI IN38 = 0...24 V OUT01 = 0...20 mA IN39 = 0...30 V OUT02 = 4...20 mA

3 UB+ UB + 7 OUT03 = 0...10 V 2811213 = ...-U-UI-SP OUT04 = 2...10 V 4 GND3 GND3 8 OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT06 = 1...5 V MINI MCR-SL-U-UI 24V

Mains voltage Signal conversion to uninterruptible power supply (UPS)

70 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT U INU OUT I 1 + 1 5 + 5 active US 4-wire passive GND1 GND2 2 2 6 6 D GND – – W

+24V +24V + 3 7 + H

GND3 – 4 GND3 8 – IN U,I U,I OUT With fixed signal combinations +24V POWER GND3

Zone 2   Ex: 

Technical data Input data U input I input Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω – Highly compact isolating amplifier for elec- Output data U output I output trical isolation, conversion, amplification, Maximum output signal 12.5 V 28 mA No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V and filtering of standard analog signals Short-circuit current Approx. 2 mA

– Fixed signal combinations Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 500 Ω Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – Entry-level alternative to configurable General data

isolating amplifiers Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – 3-way isolation Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC Current consumption < 20 mA – Low power consumption Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value) – Power supply possible through the foot Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K element (T-Connector) Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.5 ms Notes: Degree of protection IP20 Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) components can be found starting at page 88 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Input signal Output signal Type Order No. Pkt. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals, Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-01) 2813512 1 Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP1) 2813570 1

Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-41) 2813525 1 Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP1) 2813583 1

Screw connection 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-01) 2813541 1 Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP1) 2813554 1

Screw connection 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-41) 2813538 1 Spring-cage conn. 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP1) 2813567 1

Screw connection 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-I-I1) 2864406 1 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP1) 2864723 1 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-U-U1) 2864684 1 -10 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP1) 2864697 1 -10 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 71 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN/Analog OUT signal duplicators

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT INU,I OUT 1I 1 1 5 5 U,I + + active US 4-wire passive GND3 GND1 2 2 6 6 D GND – – W OUT1 OUT 2I +24V + 3 7 + H active I GND2 – 4 GND4 8 – IN U,I I OUT2

3 Configurable, +24V passive POWER GND4 with two current output signals 4

Zone 2 Div. 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal 0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Highly compact isolating amplifier for Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω Output data tion, filtering, and duplication of standard Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 2x ; 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA analog signals Maximum output signal 22 mA – Duplication of a standard analog signal on No-load voltage 9 V Load RB ≤ 250 Ω (at 20 mA)

two current outputs Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 250 Ω) – Up to 8 signal combinations can be config- General data Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC ured using DIP switches Current consumption < 30 mA (at 24 V DC incl. load) – 4-way isolation Power consumption < 600 mW – Power supply possible through the foot Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.2% (of final value), typ. < 0.1% Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.004%/K element (T-Connector) Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 35 Hz – Standard configuration: Step response (0 - 99%) Approx. 10 ms Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Input: 0 ... 10 V, output 1: 0 ... 20 mA, Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) output 2: 0 ... 20 mA Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C Housing material PBT Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Conformance / approvals components can be found starting at page 88 Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR signal duplicator, for duplication and electrical isolation of analog signals Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I1) 2864794 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP1) 2864804 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC1) 2864176 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC1) 2864189 1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I (standard configuration entered as an example)

Input Output combi- Behavior of the analog out- Factory calibration certifi- Order No. nation 1) puts cate (FCC) Explanation for output combination: 2864794 / IN03 / A / 0 / NONE Output 1 Output 2 NONE = without FCC A 0...20 mA 0...20 mA 2864794 = IN01 = 0...20 mA A 0 = Analog behavior YES = with FCC (a fee B 0...20 mA 4...20 mA ...-UI-2I IN02 = 4...20 mA B is charged) C 4...20 mA 4...20 mA IN03 = 0...10 V C 1 = Limitation 2864804 = IN06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with ...-UI-2I-SP 5 measuring points (a fee is charged)

1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

72 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT I IN I OUT I 1 – 1 5 + 5 2-wire active passive D PWR PWR OUT GND2 W 2 2 6 6 IN + – OUT I H 1 GND1 +24V 3 7 PWR – + 3-wire 2 IN 3 POWER GND GND1 II OUT – 4 GND3 OUT I 8 – IN 1 Optionally available with HART transmission US 4-wire POWER 3 GND +24V GND3

Zone 2  Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data

Input data MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1) MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1) Input signal 0 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, – Highly compact repeater power supplies isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA

for electrical isolation, amplification, and Input resistance Approx. 50 Ω Approx. 50 Ω filtering of standard analog signals Transmitter supply voltage 16.5 V 14.7 V DC ... 25.5 V DC (UB - max. 4.5 V for load – Supply of 2-conductor and passive 3-con- 0 mA ... 20 mA) ductor sensors Output data – Can also be used as an isolator without Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA Maximum output signal 21 mA 28 mA supply No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V Approx. 12.5 V

– 3-way isolation Load RB ≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA) ≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA) Ripple < 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω) – Alternatively bidirectional HART trans- General data

mission Supply voltage UB 20.4 V DC ... 30 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Power supply possible through the foot Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Current consumption element (T-Connector) Power consumption < 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in < 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in repeater power supply operation) repeater power supply operation) Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.2% (of final value), ≤ 0.2% (of final value), components can be found starting at page 73 typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value) typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value) 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Temperature coefficient < 0.005%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Limit frequency (3 dB) 175 Hz (typ.) Approx. 100 Hz Communication HART specification in both - operating modes (RPSS isolator / RPSS repeater power supply)

Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 ms (typ.) Approx. 3.5 ms Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP20 IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C Mounting Any Any Housing material PBT PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12

Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for T5 GL GL EMC 2 D GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. 4...20mA Pkt. 1 IN I OUT I 5

2 PWR OUT GND2 6 MCR repeater power supplies with HART® protocol Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1) 2864079 1 Control system 1 3 GND1 UB + 7 with HART® protocol Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP ) 2810230 1 Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1) 2864422 1 4 GND1 GND3 8 Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP1) 2864752 1 MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I 24V

Mains voltage

Repeater power supply operation with a passive sensor

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 73 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT passive isolators

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT I IN I1 OUT I1 1 + 1 5 + 5 PWR active US 4-wire passive max.18 VDC GND1 GND2 2 2 6 6 D GND – – W

OUT I IN I2 OUT I2 3 + 3 7 + 7 H PWR U S 4-wire max.18 VDC active passive GND3 4 – 4 GND4 GND 8 – 8 IN IIOUT Either 1- or 2-channel

Zone 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Highly compact 2-conductor passive iso- Voltage drop 1.7 V (at I = 20 mA) lators for electrical isolation and filtering Response current Approx. 190 µA Maximum input current / overload 40 mA of standard analog signals Maximum input voltage 18 V – Input loop-supplied Output data – Does not require any additional auxiliary Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA Load RB < 600 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)

voltage Ripple < 10 mVrms (at 600 Ω) – 2 channels in conj. with a design width of General data Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value) just 6.2 mm Additional error per 100 Ω load 0.03% (of measured value / 100 Ω load) – Voltage drop on isolating amplifier of Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load) just 1.7 V Limit frequency (3 dB) 75 Hz Step response (10 - 90%) 5 ms (At 600 Ω load) Notes: Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing Degree of protection IP20 voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with a voltage Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Mounting Any drop UV = 1.7 V and load RB. This means: Housing material PBT

UB ≥ UE = 1.7 V + 20 mA x RB Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Information on components for power bridging, system cabling, Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 www.phoenixcontact.net/products Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA II T6 X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals without auxiliary power two-channel Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I 2864655 1 two-channel Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP 2864781 1 single-channel Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 2864419 1 single-channel Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864749 1

UB U = 1,7 V I V I U E RB I I MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I

74 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Analog IN/Analog OUT loop-powered isolator

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT IN I PWR IN 1 1 5 5 I + + passive PWR US 4-wire active GND OUT I 2 2 6 6 D GND – – W

OUT IN U 3 3 7 U + H

US 4-wire U, I GND 4 4 GND – 8 IN POWER OUT Configurable, I up to 74 signal combinations, loop-powered Zone 2 Applied for: cUL / UL Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 2 ... 10 V, additional areas can be configured, see table – Highly compact isolating amplifier for

electrical isolation, conversion, and filter- Maximum input signal < 40 V < 50 mA ing of standard analog signals (Dielectric strength up to 30 V) Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ (At ≤ 1 V, ≤ 50 Ω – Supplied by an output loop otherwise approximately 1 MΩ) – Does not require any additional auxiliary Output data voltage Output signal 4 ... 20 mA – Up to 74 signal combinations can be Maximum output signal 35 mA Load RB ((UB - 8 V) / 22 mA)

configured using DIP switches Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – Voltage input from mV voltages right up General data Supply voltage UB 8 V DC ... 30 V DC to 30 volts Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current) – Current input from 2 mA right up to Power consumption 28 mW (without signal) Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) 40 mA Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K – 2-way isolation ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±2% / ±2% – Standard configuration: Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 30 Hz Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 16 ms Input 2...10 V, output 4...20 mA Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Notes: Degree of protection IP20 Other input signals that have not been listed can be provided on re- Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C quest. Mounting Any Information on components for power bridging, system cabling, Housing material PBT and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm www.phoenixcontact.net/products Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR loop-powered isolator Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC1) 2902829 1 Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC1) 2902830 1

Possible input signal ranges (configurable via DIP switch)

0...40 mA 0...30 V 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...1000 mV ±30 V ±10 V ±1000 mV 0...30 mA 0...25 V 0...7.5 V 0...750 mV ±25 V ±7.5 V ±750 mV 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...20 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 0...500 mV ±20 V ±5 V ±500 mV 0...12 mA 0...15 V 0...3 V 0...300 mV ±15 V ±3 V ±300 mV 0...10 mA 2...10 mA 0...12.5 V 0...2.5 V 0...250 mV ±12.5 V ±2.5 V ±250 mV 0...8 mA 0...12 V 0...2 V 0...200 mV ±12 V ±2 V ±200 mV 0...7.5 mA 0...1.5 V 0...150 mV ±1.5 V ±150 mV 0...6 mA 0...1.25 V 0...125 mV ±1.25 V ±125 mV 0...5 mA 1...5 mA 0...1.2 V 0...120 mV ±1.2 V ±120 mV 0...4 mA 0...100 mV ±100 mV 0...3 mA 0...75 mV ±75 mV 0...2.5 mA 0...60 mV ±60 mV 0...2 mA 0...50 mV ±50 mV

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 75 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

S-Port

OUT U,I 1 1 5 + 5 active passive GND 1 D 2 2 6 – 6 W ϑ ϑ ϑ +24V H 3 3 7 +

4 4 GND 2 IN U,I OUT 8 – FM GND 2 +24V Universal measuring transducer FM POWER for resistance thermometers

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor Universal temperature transducer for Temperature range -200°C ... 850°C (Range depending on the sensor type) electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Measuring range span min. 50 K tion, and filtering of resistance thermome- Linear resistance measuring range 0 Ω ... 4000 Ω (Minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected ters and remote resistance-type sensors measuring range) Output data U output I output – High level of accuracy over the entire Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA measuring range 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA – For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor sensors accord- Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA Load RB 10 kΩ 500 Ω (at 20 mA)

ing to IEC 751, JIS, GOST Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) General data Supply voltage UB 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC – Configurable via DIP switches and soft- Current consumption < 27 mA (at 24 V DC)

ware Power consumption ≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)

– Software available free of charge on the Transmission error 0.1% * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 350 K (Pt/Ni) 0.3% * 200 K / Internet set measuring range; 0.3% > 200 K (Cu)

– Power supply possible through the foot Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K element (T-Connector) Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 200 ms (2-conductor) Typ. 500 ms (3-conductor) – Supports fault monitoring Typ. 500 ms (4-conductor) – Standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 IEC 751; 3-conductor; -50 ... 150°C; 4 ... Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C 20 mA output; error evaluation according Housing material PBT to NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm contact responds on any error Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Notes: Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X www.phoenixcontact.net/products  UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL applied for Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 88 Ordering data 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers

Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC1) 2902849 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC1) 2902850 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface

Sensor type Standard Measuring range Smallest measuring range span Pt100 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K Pt200 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K Pt500 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K Pt1000 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K Pt100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K Pt1000 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K Pt100 JIS C1604-1997 -200°C ... +850°C 50 K Pt1000 JIS C1604-1997 -200°C ... +850°C 50 K Ni100 DIN 43760 -60°C ... +250°C 50 K Ni1000 DIN 43760 -60°C ... +250°C 50 K Cu50 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) -180°C ... +200°C 50 K Cu100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) -180°C ... +200°C 50 K Cu53 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426) -50°C ... +180°C 50 K Customer-specific characteristic curves 76 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer for Pt 100

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

PT 100 OUT U,I 1 1 5 + 5 active passive GND1 2 2 6 6 D – W ϑ ϑ ϑ +24V 3 3 7 + H

4 4 GND2 8 – IN U,I OUT PT100 Configurable, for a temperature measuring +24V POWER GND2 range of -50°C ... +200°C

Zone 2 Div. 2   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor – Highly compact temperature transducer Temperature range -50°C ... 200°C (configurable) for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli- Measuring range span min. 50 K Output data U output I output fication, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA create standard signals 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA – Optimized temperature measuring range Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA Load RB > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)

of -50°C to +200°C for increased accuracy Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors General data Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC according to IEC 60751 Current consumption < 21 mA (at 24 V DC) – Input and output signals can be configured Power consumption < 500 mW via DIP switches Transmission error for the full/set measurement range ≤ 0.25% ; ((50 K / Δ Temp) + 0.05)% Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K – 3-way isolation Step response (0 - 99%) < 200 ms – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an- Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) alog signal Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C – Power supply possible through the foot Housing material PBT element (T-Connector) Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Notes: Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized components can be found starting at page 88 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 2864309 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP1) 2864192 1 Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC1) 2864370 1 Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC1) 2864202 1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 (standard configuration entered as an example)

Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in- Factory calibration Failure information (depends on the output signal range): Order No. technology Start End formation 1) certificate (FCC) Overrange Open circuit 2864309 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT01 / A / NONE 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2 = 2-con- 0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V 2864309 = ductor -5 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V ...-PT100-UI-200 3 = 3-con- -10 OUT03 = 0...10 V C is charged) C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V ductor -15 0...200 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V D 2864192 = 4 = 4-con- -20 OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with Underrange Short circuit ...-PT100-UI-200-SP ductor -30 OUT07 = 20...0 mA 5 measuring 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V -40 OUT08 = 20...4 mA points (a fee is A 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V -50 OUT09 = 10...0 V charged) B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0 V 0 mA 3 mA 0 V C 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V 1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products D 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 77 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer for Pt 100

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

PT 100 OUT U,I 1 1 5 + 5 active passive GND1 2 2 6 6 D – W ϑ ϑ ϑ +24V 3 3 7 + H

4 4 GND2 8 – IN U,I OUT PT100 Configurable, for a temperature measuring +24V POWER GND2 range of -150°C ... +850°C

Zone 2 Div. 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor – Highly compact temperature transducer Temperature range -150°C ... 850°C (configurable) for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli- Measuring range span min. 50 K Output data U output I output fication, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA create standard signals 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA – Temperature measuring range of Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)

-150°C to +850°C Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors General data Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC according to IEC 60751 Current consumption < 21 mA (at 24 V DC) – Input and output signals can be configured Power consumption < 500 mW via DIP switches Transmission error for the full/set measurement range ≤ 0.2% ; ((100 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%) – 3-way isolation Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and Step response (0 - 99%) < 160 ms Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 analog signal Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) – Power supply possible through the foot Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C element (T-Connector) Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Notes: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Conformance / approvals desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Conformance CE-compliant Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X components can be found starting at page 88 UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI1) 2864435 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP 2864736 1 Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC1) 2864273 1 Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC1) 2864286 1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)

Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in- Factory calibration certifi- Failure information (depends on the output signal range): Order No. technology Start End formation 1) cate (FCC) Overrange Open circuit 2864435 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT01 / A / NONE 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 2 = 2-conduc- 0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V 2864435 = tor -10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V ...-PT100-UI 3 = 3-conduc- -20 OUT03 = 0...10 V C is charged) C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V tor -30 0...100 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V D 2864736 = 4 = 4-conduc- -40 110...300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with Underrange Short circuit ...-PT100-UI-SP tor -50 320...700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA 5 measuring 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V -100 750...850 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA points (a fee is A 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V -150 OUT09 = 10...0 V charged) B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0 V 0 mA 3 mA 0 V C 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V 1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: D 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V www.phoenixcontact.net/products

78 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer for Pt 100

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

PT 100 PWR IN 1 1 5 + 5 passive PWR active OUT I 2 2 6 6 D – W ϑ ϑ ϑ 3 3 7 H

4 4 POWER 8 IN I PT100 OUT Configurable, for a temperature measuring range of -150°C ... +300°C, loop-powered

Zone 2  Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor – Highly compact loop-powered tempera- Temperature range -150°C ... 300°C (configurable) ture transducer for electrical isolation, Measuring range span min. 50 K Output data conversion, amplification, and filtering of Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA Pt 100 signals to create standard signals Maximum output signal 23 mA Load R ((U - 12 V) / 22 mA) – Supplied by an output loop B supply Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – Does not require any additional auxiliary General data Supply voltage U 12 V DC ... 30 V DC voltage B Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current) – Temperature measuring range of Power consumption < 42 mW (without signal current) -150°C to +300°C Transmission error for the full/set measurement range ≤ 0.25% ; ((90 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.05%)

– 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K – Input signals can be configured via DIP Step response (0 - 99%) < 200 ms switches Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) – 2-way isolation Degree of protection IP20 – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C analog signal Mounting Any Housing material PBT Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Conformance / approvals Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Conformance CE-compliant components can be found starting at page 88 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors, loop-powered Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP 2810298 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP 2810382 1 Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC1) 2810308 1 Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP1) 2810395 1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP (standard configuration entered as an example)

Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in- Factory calibration certifi- Failure information Order No. technology Start End formation 1) cate (FCC) Overrange Open circuit 2810298 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT02 / 1 / NONE 2 = 2-conductor 0 Range NONE = without FCC 1- Start of range 2810298 = -10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA 1 YES = with FCC (a fee 2 21.5 mA 21.5 mA 33.5 mA3.5 mA ...-PT100-LP 3 3-conductor -20 OUT08 20...4 mA 2 is charged) = = 4 21.5 mA 21.5 mA -30 0...300 (5 K) 3 2810382 = 4 = 4-conductor -40 4 YESPLUS = FCC with Underrange Short circuit ...-PT100-LP-SP -50 5 measuring -100 points (a fee is 1- Start of range -150 charged) 2 21.5 mA 21.5 mA 33.5 mA3.5 mA 1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products 43.5 mA3.5 mA

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 79 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducers for thermocouples

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

S-Port

OUT U,I 1 + 1 5 + 5

TC active passive GND 1 D 2 – 2 6 – 6 W

+24V H 3 7 +

4 GND 2 IN U,I OUT 8 – FM GND 2 +24V Universal measuring transducer FM POWER for thermocouples

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L Highly compact temperature transducer Temperature range -250°C ... 2500°C (Range depending on the sensor type) for electrical isolation, conversion, amplifi- Measuring range span min. 50 K cation, and filtering of thermocouple signals. Output data U output I output – For thermocouples according to IEC 584 Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA and GOST Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA – Internal cold junction compensation No-load voltage – Configurable via DIP switches and soft- Short-circuit current Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) ware Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – Software available free of charge on the General data Supply voltage UB 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC Internet Current consumption < 27 mA (at 24 V DC)

– Power supply possible through the foot Power consumption ≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω) element (T-Connector) Transmission error 0.1% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L, U, – Supports fault monitoring M Gost, L Gost) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% > 600 K – Standard configuration: TC sensor type J (B, R, S, A1, A2, A3) IEC 584 TC; cold junction compensation Cold junction errors < 3 K ( typ. < 2 K ) “ON”; -200 ... 1200°C; 4 ... 20 mA out- Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01%/K Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 400 ms put; error evaluation according to NE43 Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 (downscale); fault monitoring contact re- Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) sponds on any error. Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Housing material PBT Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Conformance / approvals The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: Conformance CE-compliant www.phoenixcontact.net/products ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for components can be found starting at page 88 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL applied for 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples

Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC1) 2902851 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface

Sensor type Standard Measuring range Sensor type Standard Measuring range

B IEC 584-1 +500°C ... +1820°C L DIN 43710 -200°C ... +900°C E IEC 584-1 -230°C ... +1000°C U DIN 43710 -200°C ... +600°C J IEC 584-1 -210°C ... +1200°C A-1 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +2500°C K IEC 584-1 -250°C ... +1372°C A-2 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +1800°C N IEC 584-1 -200°C ... +1300°C A-3 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +1800°C R IEC 584-1 -50°C ... +1768°C M GOST 8.585 -200°C ... +100°C S IEC 584-1 -50°C ... +1768°C L GOST 8.585 -200°C ... +800°C T IEC 584-1 -200°C ... +400°C Customer-specific characteristic curves

80 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer for J- and K-type thermocouples

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT U,I 1 1 5 + 5 active passive TC GND1 2 2 6 6 D + – W

+24V 3 – 3 7 + H

4 GND2 8 – IN U,I OUT Configurable, for a temperature measuring +24V POWER GND2 range of -150°C ... +1350°C

Zone 2 Div. 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Thermocouples type J, K (IEC 584-1) – Highly compact temperature transducer Temperature range Typ J : -150°C ... 1200°C (configurable) for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli- Typ K : -150°C ... 1350°C fication, and filtering of thermocouple sig- Measuring range span min. 50 K nals to create standard signals Output data U output I output Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Temperature measuring range of 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA -150°C to +1350°C Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA – For J and K thermocouples according to No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V Short-circuit current Approx. 10 mA

IEC 584-1 Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) – Internal cold junction compensation Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – Input and output signals can be configured General data Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC via DIP switches Current consumption < 25 mA (at 24 V DC) – 3-way isolation Power consumption < 500 mW – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and Transmission error for the full/set measurement range ≤ 0.2% ; ((150 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%) analog signal Cold junction errors < 3 K ( typ. < 2 K ) Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K – Power supply possible through the foot Step response (0 - 99%) < 30 ms element (T-Connector) Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Notes: Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Housing material PBT desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 components can be found starting at page 88 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for thermocouples

Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI1) 2864448 1 Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC1) 2864299 1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)

Sensor type Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in- Factory calibration certifi- Failure information (depends on the output signal range): Order No. Start End formation 1) cate (FCC) Overrange Open circuit 2864448 / J / 0 / 1000 / OUT01 / A / NONE 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V J = Type J 0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V -10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V K = Type K -20 OUT03 = 0...10 V C is charged) C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V -30 OUT05 = 0...5 V D -40 0 ... 300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with Underrange -50 320 ... 700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA 5 measuring 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V -100 750...1350 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA points (a fee is A0 mA4 mA0 V -150 OUT09 = 10...0 V charged) B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0 V C0 mA4 mA0 V 1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products D0 mA4 mA0 V

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 81 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Frequency Frequency transducers For up to 80 kHz

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS Teach In

NAMUR OUT U,I 1 1 5 + 5 active passive NPN GND 2 D 4 2 6 – 6 W

PNP +24V H NPN 2 3 7 + PNP GND 1 4 4 GND 3 IN U,I OUT 8 – FM 3 GND 2 +24V Frequency transducer for up to 80 kHz FM POWER 4

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input sources NPN/PNP transistor outputs Configurable 3-way isolated frequency NAMUR initiators Floating relay contact (dry contact) transducer. Frequency measuring range 0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz (DIP switch) – Suitable for the connection of NAMUR 0.002 Hz ... 80 kHz (Teach-in wheel) Maximum input signal 30 V (incl. DC voltage) proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and Output data U output I output EN 50227) as well as for sensors with Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA NPN and PNP outputs that generate a 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA frequency signal Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ 500 Ω (at 20 mA)

– The device is configured via DIP switches Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) – Frequency range is freely adjustable via a General data Supply voltage U 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC press/slide button (“teach-in wheel”) B Power consumption < 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω) – Supports fault monitoring Transmission error of the full measuring span 0.1% – Standard configuration: NAMUR sensor; Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K mean-value generation “OFF”; Step response (0 - 99%) < 35 ms (At f > 500 Hz) 0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz frequency range; Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation NE43 Degree of protection IP20 (downscale); fault monitoring contact Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Mounting Any responds on any error Housing material PBT Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 components can be found starting at page 88 Conformance / approvals 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL applied for Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR frequency transducers Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC1) 2902832 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC1) 2902833 1

82 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Frequency Analog-frequency transducer

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS supply max. 30VDC OUT IN U,I OUT +– 1 1 5 5 U,I + + U passive S 4-wire max. 20mA D GND 1 GND 2 2 2 6 6 W GND – –

OUT +

+24V +24V H + 3 7 + RL

GND–

GND 3 – 4 GND 3 IN U,I f OUT 8 – Configurable, frequency and PWM output POWER +24V GND 3

Zone 2   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Highly compact analog-to-frequency 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA - transducer for electrical isolation, amplifi- Maximum input signal 30 V DC 100 mA Input resistance Approx. 110 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω cation, conversion, and filtering of stan- Output data Frequency output PWM output dard signals to create frequencies or Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz 7.8 kHz (10 bit) / 3.9 kHz (10 bit) 0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz 1.9 kHz (12 bit) / 977 Hz (12 bit) PWM signals 0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 488 Hz (14 bit) / 244 Hz (14 bit) – Configurable interference filter 0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz 122 Hz (16 bit) / 61 Hz (16 bit) Minimum load 4 mA ≤ (U / R ) ≤ 20 mA 12 mA ≤ (U / R ) ≤ 20 mA – Input and output signals can be configured L L L L Maximum load current 20 mA via DIP switches Maximum switching voltage 30 V – 3-way isolation Overrange/underrange Can be set (via DIP switch) – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and Protective circuit Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection General data

analog signal Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Power supply possible through the foot Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC Current consumption < 10 mA (at 24 V DC) element (T-Connector) Power consumption < 200 mW – PWM output of 5 ... 95% Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (> 7 kHz ≤ 0.2%) Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K Notes: Step response (0 - 99%) < 15 ms (+ (1/f) smallest filter) Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking < 1 s (+ (1/f) largest filter) components can be found starting at page 88 Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Mounting Any Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR frequency transducer Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-F1) 2864082 1 1 Frequency output Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP ) 2810243 1 T T TT T T

Variable frequency / Period duration T

PWM output (pulse width modulation) TTTTTT

Variable pulse-pause ratio / Fixed period duration T

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 83 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Potentiometer Potiposition transducer

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

IN OUT U,I 1 1 5 + 5 active passive IN GND1 2 2 6 6 D – W

IN +24V 3 3 7 + H

4 GND2 8 IN R U,I OUT – Configurable, +24V POWER GND2 automatic potentiometer detection

Zone 2   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Potentiometer 100 Ω ... 100 kΩ – Highly compact potiposition transducer Reference voltage source < 3.6 V for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli- Output data U output I output Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA fication, and filtering of potentiometer 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA signals to create standard signals Maximum output signal 12.5 V 23 mA No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V – Automatic potentiometer detection Short-circuit current Approx. 10 mA

without manual adjustment Load RB > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (20 mA) Ripple < 20 mV (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mV (at 500 Ω) – For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ PP PP Behavior in the event of a sensor error 0% ... 105% (configurable) – Configurable measuring range and output General data

signals Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – A potentiometer sub-range can be linear- Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC Current consumption < 25 mA (at 24 V DC) ized via the “teach-in” switch on the de- Power consumption < 500 mW vice Maximum transmission error < 0.2% Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K – Input and output signals can be configured Step response (0 - 99%) < 30 ms via DIP switches Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 – 3-way isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP20 – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an- Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C alog signal Mounting Any – Power supply possible through the foot Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm element (T-Connector) Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Notes: Conformance / approvals Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Conformance CE-compliant components can be found starting at page 88 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR potiposition transducer Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-R-UI1) 2864095 1 Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP1) 2810256 1

Lifting platform

M Actuator motor ACTUAL TARGET Potentiometer 0...10 V 0...10 V

Controller

1 5 OUT Control system

2 GND1 6

3 UB + 7

4 GND2 8

MINI MCR-SL-R-UI 24V

Mains voltage Height adjustment of a lifting platform with setpoint and actual value control

84 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Limit values Threshold value switch

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

OUT INU,I 5 5 1 U,I + U S 4-wire D GND1 6 6 2 2 14 W GND –

+24V H + 7 3 3 11

GND2 8 IN U,I OUT – 4 4 12 Configurable, with relay PDT output

POWER GND2 +24V

Zone 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA – Highly compact threshold value switch for Maximum input signal 30 V 100 mA switching analog limit values Input resistance > 100 kΩ 50 Ω Specification of the switching point With 25-speed potentiometer – Input signal, hysteresis, and delay time can Switching output be configured via DIP switches Relay output 1 PDT Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated – Limit value can be freely adjusted via po- Max. switching voltage 250 V AC tentiometer on front Limiting continuous current 2 A – 3-way isolation Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch) (0.1%; 1%; 2.5%; 5%) Operating and closed circuit current behavior Switchable using DIP switch –PDT relay at output Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP 0 s ... 10 s (0 s; 1 s; 2 s; 3 s; 4 s; 6 s; 8 s; 10 s) – Operating current/quiescent current switch) switchover General data Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Status and error signaling via two diagnos- Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC tic LEDs Current consumption < 14 mA (at 24 V DC) Power consumption < 330 mW (at 24 V DC) – Power supply possible through the foot Linearity error < 0.05% (of final value) element (T-Connector) Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K Step response (0 - 99%) < 35 ms Notes: Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Test voltage input/power supply 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) components can be found starting at page 88 Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Mounting Any Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized UL, USA Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6 UL, Canada Class I, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC T6 GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR threshold value switch Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL1) 2864480 1 Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP1) 2864493 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 85 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

IN OUT 1 1 + 1 5 5 13 DI 1 IN OUT 1 2 2 6 6 14 D – W 1 OUT 2 +24V 3 7 + H 2 OUT 2 4 1 GND 8 – IN OUT

2 3 13 Configurable, for NAMUR sensors and +24V POWER GND DI 2 floating contacts 4 14

Zone 2   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) – Highly compact isolation amplifier for Open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit electrical isolation, amplification, and du- Control circuit plication of proximity sensor signals No-load voltage 8.2 V DC ±10% – For proximity sensors in accordance with Switching points (according to IEC 60947-5-6) < 1.2 mA (blocking) > 2.1 mA (conductive) IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227 Line error detection > 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit) – Floating contacts and contacts with resis- < 0.35 mA (With wire break) Switching output tance circuit can be connected Relay output 2 N/O contacts – Input and output signals can be configured Contact material Hard gold plated AgNi via DIP switches Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC Maximum switching current 2 A – N/O contacts at output Minimum contact current 1 mA (for 5 V DC) – Second output can be used as a doubler Switching frequency 0.5 Hz (240 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A) 10 Hz (without load) or error signaling output General data

– 3-way isolation Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Switchover between operating current Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC Current consumption < 25 mA and quiescent current (inverted switching Power consumption < 600 mW behavior) Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 – Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an- Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP20 alog signal Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C – Power supply possible through the foot Mounting Any Housing material PBT element (T-Connector) Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Notes: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Conformance / approvals components can be found starting at page 88 Conformance CE-compliant 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR NAMUR switching amplifier Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO1) 2864105 1 Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP1) 2810269 1

86 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories Constant voltage source

OUT OUT

OUT U OUT U + 1 5 +

GND 1 GND 1 2 6 D – – W

+24V +24V + 3 7 + H

POWER GND 2 4 GND 2 – 8 IN OUT – Configurable, U +24V CV GND 2 output signals 2.5 V / 5 V / 7.5 V / 10 V

Zone 2 Ex:  Applied for: cUL / UL Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 9.6 ... 30 V – Constant voltage source for potentiome- Output data Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 10 V DC ters, measuring bridges, encoders 7.5 V DC –Highly precise 5 V DC 2.5 V DC – Input signal corresponds to power supply Short-circuit current Approx. 32 mA

– Input signal and, in turn, the power supply Ripple < 20 mVPP can be provided via the foot element General data Supply voltage UB 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC (T-Connector) Power consumption < 600 mW (at 24 V IN) – Standard configuration: Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value) Output 10 V DC Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010 Notes: Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP20 Information on components for power bridging, system cabling, Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR constant voltage source With screw connection Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1) 2902822 1 With spring-cage connection Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1) 2902823 1 Accessories Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually

Resistance value 4.7 kΩ EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 2940252 10 Resistance value 10 kΩ EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2942124 10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 87 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories Feed-through terminal blocks

– Feed-through terminal block for 1:1 for- Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS IN 1:1 OUT warding of signals in the MINI Analog 1 5

group IN OUT – For plugging gaps in system cabling with 2 6 IN OUT the V8 system adapter, e.g., when there 3 7 D W are fewer than eight signals IN OUT – Used in conjunction with the 4 8 H MINI Analog multiplexer – For direct mounting in the case of applications without signal conversion and with- 1:1 connection out electrical isolation Technical data General data Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Mounting Any Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Conformance / approvals ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MINI Analog feed-through terminal block Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 1

Accessories Marking material

– Flexible labeling system with pivoting transparent cover and matching insert strips – Transparent cover that can be snapped onto the module instead of the standard cover – Insert strips on pre-punched paper sheets – Marking option for standard cover in the form of ZBF 6 zack marker strip marking labels Transparent cover with insert strips

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Fold-up transparent cover, for labeling MINI Analog modules with insert strips MINI MCR DKL 2308111 10 Accessories Insert strips, stamped, for transparent cover MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL 2810272 10

Zack marker strip, flat ZBF 6 (see Catalog 5) UniCard sheets, for marker groove UC-TMF 6 (see Catalog 5)

88 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories Power terminals

IN 1 432 IN – For up to 80 MINI Analog modules OUT FM + 1 5 + – The MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power PWR 1 PWR 1 +24V IN / OUT-FM IN +24V terminal block is used to supply the sup- – 2 6 – ply voltage to the DIN rail connector + 3 7 + – Monitoring of supplies in combination PWR 2 PWR 2 D +24V IN / OUT-FM IN +24V W with the fault monitoring module – 4 8 – H – Flexible redundant supply from one or PWR OUT – + both module sides +24V Zone 2 – Extended supply voltage range from 0 ... 30 V DC Power terminal block, can be monitored

Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Technical data Input data Input voltage range 0 V DC ... 30 V DC Output data Output voltage (Input voltage - 0.8 V) Output current ≤ 2 A General data Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL applied for Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MINI Analog power terminal blocks MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1) 2902958 1 MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP1) 2902959 1

Accessories Error message modules

Fault monitoring module for evaluating IN 1 2 OUT OUT RC + 1 5 + and reporting group errors from the fault +24V PWR 1 FAULT IN CONTACT OUT RC monitoring system. – 2 6 – – Monitoring of supply voltages of + 3 7 + MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power ter- +24V PWR 1 PWR D IN OUT W minal blocks – 4 8 – +24V – Drawing off the supply is possible FM H – The error is reported via an N/C contact – + +24V Zone 2 – Standard configuration: group error detection “ON”; redundancy monitoring Group error message and “ON”; relay “active” Supply monitoring

Notes: Technical data 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data/output data Input signal 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC Output signal 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC Output signal maximum current 2 A Switching output Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC Maximum switching current 50 mA Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL applied for Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MINI Analog error message modules Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1) 2902961 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC1) 2902962 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 89 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector

– For bridging the supply voltage – Reduces wiring costs – Module can be replaced without inter- rupting the supply to the remaining modules (hot swap) – One T-Connector for two MINI Analog modules – Current carrying capacity of 2 A to MINI Analog modules For bridging the supply voltage

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10

Accessories Power terminals

– For supplying the supply voltage via the IN IN + 1 5 + foot element (T-Connector) where DC +24V PWR 1IN PWR 2IN +24V

voltages of up to 30 V are already available – 2 6 –

– Option of redundant supply decoupled 3 7 from diode D W – For up to 80 MINI analog modules 4 8 H – For up to 2 A PWR OUT – + – Status and error signaling via diagnostic +24V Zone 2 LEDs Redundant supply for existing 24 V Notes: Recommended fuse for power terminal block: Fuse according to IEC 60127-2/V Technical data Nominal current: 2.5 A Characteristics: Slow-blow Input data (e.g., Wickmann 5 x 20 mm/No. 195 - glass fuse) Input voltage range 20 V DC ... 30 V DC 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Output data Output voltage (Input voltage - 0.8 V) Output current ≤ 2 A General data Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Housing material PBT Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR power terminal block MINI MCR-SL-PTB1) 2864134 1 MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP1) 2864147 1 90 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS-...T-Connector

– For bridging the supply voltage when using a MINI POWER system power supply

Notes: If the system power supply is used, you need two ME 17,5 TBUS T-Connectors to establish the connection with the ME 6,2 TBUS T- Connectors of the MINI Analog system and provide an effective power supply.

For system power supply

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval, two pieces are required per system power supply

ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 10

Accessories System power supply H D W – For supplying the supply voltage via the foot element (T-Connector) where AC voltages are available – 100 ... 240 V AC nominal input voltage range – 24 V DC output voltage – For up to 60 MINI Analog modules – For up to 1.5 A, secondary – Status and error signaling via diagnostic LEDs For applications with local voltages of over 100 V

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. System power supply unit, primary-switched with zone 2 approval. More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog part.

MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX 2866653 1 System power supply unit, primary-switched (not for zone 2). More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog part.

MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 91 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories System cabling

A high number of channels enables analog signal transmission across 6 mm in a confined space for many applications. In this kind of context, in particular, it is real- ly important to have access to wiring solutions that avoid errors and are time-efficient, thereby cutting costs. The MINI Analog system cabling solution allows you to wire up to eight channels quickly, easily, and without errors. V8 system adapter System cabling can take various forms. for MINI Analog

System cabling with a front adapter This includes: – A 16-pos. FLK cable – The V8 system adapter for MINI Analog modules – A front adapter that needs to be specifically selected based on the analog card of the controller With this solution, all you need to do is 16-pos. FLK cable connect the components together. There is virtually no wiring effort involved. What's more, it completely rules out wiring errors, as the pre-assembled components ensure correct assignment by virtue of their design.

System cabling without a front adapter Front adapter for analog card The version that does not require the use of a front adapter is the ideal addition. This solution involves using a 16-pos. System cabling with a front adapter FLK cable with open ends on one side. The open ends are fitted with ferrules and are The tables below are designed to serve as numbered. This allows you to create a sys- a configuration aid. Details of other solu- tem cabling connection to virtually any tions are available on the Internet or on re- module without having to fit a front adapt- quest. er. The other advantage is that you can implement system cabling on the module side quickly, easily, and without errors.

Configuration aid for MINI Analog system cabling

Controller Analog card Front adapter FLK cable V8 system adapter for MINI Analog

Siemens 6ES7-331-7KF02-0AB0 SIMATIC S7-300 / 6ES7-331-7KB02-0AB0 ET 200 M FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR 6ES7-331-7KB81-0AB0 (in the catalog on page 454) 6ES7-331-7TF00-0AB0 FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK (non-molded plugs, MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 6ES7-332-8TF01-0AB0 (in the catalog on page 94) in the catalog on page 506) 6ES7-331-1KF01-0AB0 FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR (for current signals) (in the catalog on page 455) 6ES7-331-5HF00-0AB0 FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR (for current signals) (in the catalog on page 455)

AAI 141 CABLE-40/2/FLK16/.../YUC Yokogawa (non-molded plugs, 2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A Centum CS 3000 R3 Not required (in the catalog on page 94) AAI 143 in the catalog on page 467)

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...M (non-molded plugs, in the catalog on page 502) Miscellaneous controllers / or alternatively MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A actuators / sensors All cards Not required (in the catalog on page 94) VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...M (molded plugs, in the catalog on page 502)

92 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

V8 system adapter for MINI Analog

Plug-in connection

16-pos. VIP or FLK cable with open ends

Innovative concept

System cabling without a front adapter

Innovative concept Increased protection Thanks to its innovative design concept, The new VIP cables with molded FLK the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A MINI Ana- plugs offer enhanced protection in harsh log system adapter can be used on both industrial environments. If you opt for sys- the input and output side. Consequently, tem cabling without a front adapter, you there is nothing at all to prevent you from can enjoy all the advantages of the new VIP using the same components for system ca- cables on the system adapter side. Complete flexibility bling on both output and input modules. Addition Complete flexibility If the application demands a form of sys- The proven FLK cable series offers com- tem cabling with fewer than eight channels, plete flexibility in terms of selection and is the MINI MCR-SL-TB feed-through termi- the ideal solution for system cabling with a nal block (page 88) represents the perfect front adapter. The flat and flexible plug addition. connections mean that the products can be easily installed in any analog module.

Increased protection

Addition

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 93 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories MINI Analog system adapter

– Time-saving wiring solution thanks to unique plug-in concept – System cabling on PLC side –Plug and play – For up to eight channels – Reduces wiring costs and errors

System adapter

  Ex:  Housing width 50.4 mm Technical data General data Contact resistance < 10 mΩ Current carrying capacity ≤ 1 A Test voltage 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min. from channel to channel)

Vibration resistance ≤ 0.7 g Surge voltage category / Pollution degree III / 2 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C Housing material PBT Dimensions W / H / D 50.4 / 46.2 / 45.5 mm Connection to the signal level Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13

Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 ) 10 / ≥ 200 Conformance / approvals ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for GL GL EMC 2 D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 2811268 1

MINI Analog system cabling

94 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories MINI Analog multiplexer

AO BIT1 BIT2 BIT3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1xIOUT POWER

IN 8xIIN OUT 3xDO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 PWR I D1+DD1-D2+D2-D3+ 3- In Out

Ex:  FLK pin strip assignment Housing width 50.4 mm Technical data Input data Description 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel (can be switched over) – Generates an analog output from up to Can be configured/parameterized Via DIP switches eight analog input signals – parallel analog Input signal 4 ... 20 mA Maximum input signal < 30 mA signals are transmitted serially via a cable Switching cycles 2 or 1 sec. (can be selected) – The desired number of channels is select- Output data Output signal 4 ... 20 mA ed via DIP switches (8, 6, 4 or 2 channels) Maximum output signal < 30 mA

– The channel currently switched is indicat- Load RB ((Usupply - 7 V) / I max) ed as a bit pattern via three digital outputs Status indication Active input 1, 2, 3-bit digital output (can be selected) Switching output 3 x PNP optocouplers – Two clock cycles for execution can be se- Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC lected via DIP switches (one- or two-sec- General data Supply voltage U 7 V DC ... 30 V DC (Loop-powered) ond clock) B Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current) – Supplied by an output loop Power consumption < 24 mW (without signal current) – For 4 ... 20 mA current signals Maximum transmission error 0.3% (0.1%, typical) Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K – Can be easily snapped onto MINI Analog Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C modules with screw connection method Housing material PBT – Huge reduction in analog inputs at con- Dimensions W / H / D 50.4 / 45.5 / 46.2 mm trollers Connection to control level Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13 – System cabling on the output side using Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 ) 10 / ≥ 200 Conformance / approvals pre-assembled FLK cables with open Conformance CE-compliant ends. ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for Notes: Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for For six, four or two channels you will also need the corresponding Ordering data number of feed-through terminal blocks (i.e., two, four or six).

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Multiplexer for MINI Analog modules with screw connection

MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 161) 2811815 1 Accessories MINI Analog feed-through terminal block MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 1 For round cable with one open end, see VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/... “System cabling for controllers” section For round cable with one open end, see CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/... “System cabling for controllers” section

1xAnalogIN

Controller

8 x Analog IN Power MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI AO MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI 4...20 mA .... MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI DO MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI DO

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI MINI MCR-SL-MUX.. DO Bit 000 Channel 1 ActiveController

3 x Digital IN

Monitoring of eight motor temperatures with just one analog control input

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 95 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Termination carrier for MINI Analog isolating amplifier

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are com- Compact pact solutions for conveniently and smooth- – The compact design associated with ly connecting standard DIN rail isolating MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in amplifiers from the MINI Analog series to the control cabinet input/output cards of automation systems Robust and reliable using system cables. – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile The most compact isolating amplifiers – PCB is completely decoupled from isolat- combined with the most compact and flex- ing amplifiers ible module carriers on the market enable – PCB without active electronics you to achieve a hitherto unparalleled pack- – Redundant supply via separate DIN rail ing density in your control cabinet together module with professional system cabling. – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting

Flexible Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable – Profile sections without pitch markings – Quick and safe module connection with plug-in cable sets – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting – Can be flexibly adapted to suit any controller or higher-level control system – Solutions tailored to your requirements on request – Available pre-assembled with modules and wired, or for self-assembly

Solutions are also available for MACX Analog, MACX Analog Ex, and Safety 96 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Redundant power supply, decoupled from – Can be universally connected, thanks to – Connection of upto 16channels – of HART decoupling and signals. coupling the enables version also carrier termination put cardsput ofautomation systems. fromseries to theMINIAnalog input/out- amplifiers isolating connects which solution universal termination carrier is acompact MINI Analog isolating amplifier Termination carrier for 1) EMC: Class A product, seepage 571 automation systemtermination with the carrier for MINI Analog. Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutionsfor your Notes: through terminal block module and MINI MCR-SL-TB feed- diode via separate MINI MCR-PTB power systems tion enables connectionflexible to automa- 37-pos.D-SUB cable with open ends.This The The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI Courtesy of Steven Engineering,

Status indication Status Fuse Polarizationprotection surge and supply Redundant Input voltage range module power via supply Power Dimensions /D W/H Inflammability class according toUL94 Vibration (operation) Shock Ambient temperature range Degree ofprotection Airand creepage distances Rated surge voltage Pollution degree Surge voltage category Rated insulation voltage current Maximum permissible voltage operating Maximum Number of positions systemlevelConnection tothe control data General - With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer HART for MCR-S-MUX MACX With connection - MINI Analog power terminal blocks feed-through module carrier Module Description MINI Analog error message modules cables HART multiplexer, TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI andTC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connectionscheme Inc.

1 FM X20 COMBICON + MINI TB 1 Alarm - 2 For additional information, additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products For 2811420 F1 - 3 (+) 1 PW1 (800) F2 4 (-) MINI PTB 5 (+) PW2 PW1 2864134 6 (-) PTB X1 DSUB 37 and power channels, Analog MINI 16 for 17 258-9200 18 T-BUS 36 32-chanel,two 14-wire including flat-ribbon PTSM 37

1 CH1 1 20 + 2 21 + CH2 - - - [email protected] 1 CH3 3 22 4 + 23 + CH4 - -

CH5 5 Analog- MINI amplifiers isolating compact Highly 1 24 6 + 25 + CH6

- technology control and Measurement -

7 1 CH7 26 8 + 27 + CH8 Housing width 136mm DIN ENDIN 50178 (Basicinsulation) D-SUB pin stripD-SUB pin -40°C ...80°C (Please observe module specifications) yes, decoupled from diodes from decoupled yes, IP20 2 V0 Yes 0.5 kV II 50 V signal/channel) (Per DC V 50 < 2.5 A Slow-blow 1 x greenLED (PWR) 19.2 ...30 VDC VDC 15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27 2 x red LED (error) LED red x 2 A1 (Signal/channel) 2g, according2g, 60068-2-6 toIEC 37 136 /136170 /160mm TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM MINI TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI Type MACX MCR-S-MUX MACX - MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC

- - www.stevenengineering.com 9 1 CH9 28 10 29 + + CH10 - - 11 CH11 30 1 12 31

+ data Technical Ordering data 1 Accessories + CH12 )

- 1 ) - 13 32 1 1 CH13 14 ) 33 + PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX + CH14 - - 15 Order No. Order 2902933 2902958 2865599 2902961 34 2902934 1 CH15 16 35 + + CH16 - - Pcs. / / Pcs. Pkt. 97 1 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog Accessories Surge protection LINETRAB LIT The ideal addition to MINI Analog - the innovative surge protection solution in 6.2 mm housing. Because the LINETRAB LIT and Assembled 16-pos. round cable MINI Analog housing is the same shape, VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR... you can benefit from the numerous advantages of system cabling. The advantage of combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB LIT products is that it enables you to set up a space-saving, protected, and optimally coordinated signal chain from the sensor right up to the controller. The tables below are designed to serve as configuration aids for combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB products. On the left, you will find a list of the components and combination options for setting up system cabling between MINI Analog and LINETRAB. For details of system cabling solutions that can be used between MINI Analog and V8 system adapters for MINI Analog the controller side, please refer to page 92. For more detailed information on LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules, please see the TRABTECH catalog. LINETRAB LIT LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules

Reliable and systematic measurements - LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog

Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog

Cabling via MINI Analog system adapter (8 modules)

LINETRAB LIT (surge protection) MINI Analog

Type Order No. Type Order No. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 2864383 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC 2864150 MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC 2865007 MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0 2813512 MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4 2813525 MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0 2813541 MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4 2813538 MINI MCR-SL-I-I 2864406 MINI MCR-SL-U-U 2864684 LIT 1X2-24 2804610 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I 2864794 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC 2864176 MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I 2864422 MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I 2864079 MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 2864419 MINI MCR-SL-UI-F 2864082 MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO 2864105 MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL 2864480 MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 2810858 MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC 2810780

Components required for system cabling

Available 16-pos. VIP... round cables V8 system adapter for MINI Analog

Type Length Order No. Type VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/0,5M 0.5 m 2900154 2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/1,0M 1.0 m 2900155 (in the catalog on page 94) VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/2,0M 2.0 m 2900156 VIP... round cables are available in special lengths on request.

98 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

VIP system cable Surge protection The new VIP cables provide a way of set- Surge protection is a reliable means of ac- ting up secure and robust connections, tively preventing and protecting against sys- even in harsh industrial environments. tem damage and downtimes. LINETRAB is able to limit transient surge voltages safely Innovative concept and without affecting the signal - all in a The MINI Analog system adapter does compact device with a design width of just not just support system cabling on the in- 6.2 mm. put and output sides. It also allows cabling to be installed with LINETRAB surge pro- VIP system cable tection modules quickly, easily, and without errors. Increased protection In addition to all the advantages associated with electrical isolation, filtering, amplification, and the conversion of standard analog signals using MINI Analog, there is now also the option of effective surge protection.

Innovative concept

Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog

Manual cabling

LINETRAB LIT (surge protection) MINI Analog Increased protection

Type Order No. Type Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 2864383 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC 2864150 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP 2864710 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC 2864163 MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP 2810874 MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC 2810793 MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP 2811213 MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC 2810078 MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP 2813570 LIT 1X2-24 2804610 MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP 2813583 MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP 2813554 Surge protection MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP 2813567 MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP 2864723 MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP 2864697 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP 2864804 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC 2864189 MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP 2864752 MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP 2810230 MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864749 MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I 2864655 LIT 2X2-24 2804623 MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP 2864781 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 2864309 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC 2864370 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP 2864192 LIT 2-12 2804665 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC 2864202 (for 2-conductor connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI 2864435 technology) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC 2864273 LIT 4-12 2804678 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP 2864736 (for 3- and 4-conductor connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC 2864286 technology) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP 2810298 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-NC 2810308 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP 2810382 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP-NC 2810395 MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP 2810243 LIT 1X2-24 2804610 MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP 2810269 MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP 2864493 MINI MCR-SL-R-UI 2864095 LIT 4-24 2804678 MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP 2810256

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 99 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Reliable and safe Te m p e r a t u re of a device right up to device operation. MACX Analog - safe and high-perfor- – Universal temperature transducers for re- These measures are audited within the mance signal isolating amplifiers. This prod- sistance thermometers, resistance-type scope of a full assessment by an indepen- uct range enables you to safely isolate, con- sensors, potentiometers, thermocouples, dent test center. dition, filter, and amplify all the signals of and mV sources – also with safe limit val- Phoenix Contact therefore makes a signif- your system. ue relays as an option icant contribution to high system safety and In all phases of the product life cycle, the – Configurable temperature transducer for availability. MACX Analog range has been consistently resistance thermometers and resistance- developed and produced according to stan- type sensors dards for functional safety. Save planning and – Configurable temperature transducer for operating costs – by combining high signal thermocouples and mV sources flexibility with safe isolation and SIL evaluation. Digital IN The universal nature of the product range – Isolation amplifiers with input for provides you with a solution for all applica- NAMUR proximity sensor or switch tions using analog signal transmission. You – Single-channel with PDT or passive tran- are free to choose between either multi- sistor output functional high-end devices or reasonably- – Single-channel with double N/O contact priced standard modules with exactly the output DIN rail connector-compatible right functions. – Two-channel with one N/O contact out- The DIN rail connector enables the put per channel modular bridging of the 24 V supply Choose the right MACX Analog iso- – Two-channel with one PDT or passive voltage. lating amplifier for your application: transistor output per channel

Analog IN/OUT Functional safety – from the initial – Configurable 3-way isolating amplifiers idea to the finished product Wide-range power supply – Repeater power supplies with HART sig- Phoenix Contact meets the requirements The modules featuring a wide-range nal transmission for supplying 2-conduc- of functional safety according to IEC 61508 power supply (...-UP) can be used in tor transmitters in a standardized development process. all power supply networks the – Output isolating amplifiers with HART Here, all fault avoidance and fault control world over without the need for ad- signal transmission measures are taken into consideration, ditional power supply units. from the very development and production

100 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Safe and reliable functions Precise transmission and high Easy configuration – Consistent SIL certification. This ensures operational reliability – Without software via DIP switches on the the highest level of reliability and safety – Thanks to patented transmission concept device front or with the operator inter- for your systems. face and display unit.

Easy configuration and monitoring Flexible power bridging Easy-maintenance connection – Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly – The DIN rail connector simplifies wiring, technology stand-alone software – with integrated system expansion or module replacement – Plug-in connection terminal blocks with monitoring function. during operation. screw connection or fast push-in technology – coded, with integrated sockets.

Precise transmission, long service life Even for the Ex area Fast and error-free signal connection – Patented circuit concepts ensure precise – Maximum explosion protection for all Ex – Compact termination carriers connect signal transmission and minimal self-heat- zones with the MACX Analog Ex range. MACX Analog devices to the automation ing. system – plug and play.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 101 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

4.1 4-wire US ±±50 mV... 1000 mV [mA] - 5.2 ±1mA... ± 5 mA - 3.2 4.2 3.2 active + passive ±10 mA... ±100 mA +

4.1 3.1 3.1 4.2 + 4-wire GND US [mV] 5.2 2.2 2.2 5.2 passive ±1 V... ±100 V 5.1 2.1 active

2.1 - GND 1.2 IN U,I U,I OUT 4-wire 5.1 US [V] +24 V 5.2 1.1 Universal, POWER more than 1600 signal combinations GND +24 V Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2 Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering Universal isolating amplifier for operating Maximum input signal ±100 V ±100 mA 4-conductor measuring transducers Input resistance Approx. 1 MΩ Approx. 10 Ω (±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC) (±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC) – Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, fil- Output data U output I output Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering tering, amplifying, and converting stan- Load R ≥ 1 kΩ (10 V) ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active) dard analog signals B (passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax) – Configurable input and output signals, in- General data

cluding bipolar current and voltage signals Supply voltage UB 12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% / +25%) Power dissipation < 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) – 3-way electrical isolation Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value) – Over 1600 signal conversions can be set Temperature coefficient 0.0075%/K via DIP switches on the front ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±4% / ±4% Limit frequency (3 dB) 10 kHz (Can be switched to 30 Hz) – 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical Step response (10 - 90%) 35 µs (at 10 kHz) applications 11 ms (at 30 Hz) Electrical isolation – Output active or passive Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, nection method safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Power supply via DIN rail connector pos- Degree of protection IP20 sible Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 70°C – Status indicator for supply voltage Mounting Any – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Housing material PA 66-FR Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm – Installation in zone 2 permissible Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Notes: Conformance / approvals To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Conformance CE-compliant configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well IECEx Ex nA IIC T4 Gc as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be UL, USA / Canada UL applied for found from page 126 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 GL - Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals

Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI1) 2811284 1 Order configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP1) 2811572 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC1) 2811446 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC1) 2811556 1

102 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)

Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certifi- Order No. cate (FCC) 2811284 / IN03 / OUT01 / 10K / NONE

IN40 = 0...50 mV IN53 = -50...+50 mV IN70 = 0...1.0 mA OUT19 = 0...2.5 V OUT15 = 0...5 mA 30 = 30 Hz NONE = without FCC 2811284 = IN24 = 0...60 mV IN13 = -60...+60 mV IN71 = 0...1.5 mA OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT16 = 0...10 mA 10K = 10 kHz YES = with FCC (a fee ...-UI-UI IN41 = 0...75 mV IN54 = -75...+75 mV IN72 = 0...2.0 mA OUT03 = 0...10 V OUT01 = 0...20 mA is charged) IN25 = 0...100 mV IN14 = -100...+100 mV IN73 = 0...3.0 mA IN43 = 0...120 mV IN56 = -120...+120 mV IN36 = 0...5 mA OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V OUT21 = -5...+5 mA YESPLUS = FCC with 2811572 = IN44 = 0...150 mV IN57 = -150...+150 mV IN37 = 0...10 mA OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT22 = -10...+10 mA 5 measuring ...-UI-UI-SP IN26 = 0...200 mV IN15 = -200...+200 mV IN74 = 0...15 mA OUT14 = -10...+10 V OUT23 = -20...+20 mA points (a fee is IN27 = 0...300 mV IN16 = -300...+300 mV IN01 = 0...20 mA charged) IN28 = 0...500 mV IN17 = -500...+500 mV IN75 = 0...30 mA OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V OUT25 = 1...5 mA IN66 = 0...1000 mV IN78 = -1000...+1000 mV IN76 = 0...50 mA OUT06 = 1...5 V OUT26 = 2...10 mA IN29 = 0...1.0 V IN18 = -1.0...+1.0 V IN77 = 0...100 mA OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT02 = 4...20 mA IN50 = 0...1.5 V IN63 = -1.5...+1.5 V IN30 = 0...2.0 V IN19 = -2.0...+2.0 V IN83 = -1.0...+1.0 mA OUT27 = 2.5...0 V OUT28 = 5...0 mA IN52 = 0...3.0 V IN65 = -3.0...+3.0 V IN84 = -1.5...+1.5 mA OUT11 = 5...0 V OUT29 = 10...0 mA IN05 = 0...5 V IN21 = -5...+5 V IN85 = -2.0...+2.0 mA OUT09 = 10...0 V OUT07 = 20...0 mA IN03 = 0...10 V IN22 = -10...+10 V IN86 = -3.0...+3.0 mA IN67 = 0...15 V IN79 = -15...+15 V IN33 = -5...+5 mA IN32 = 0...20 V IN23 = -20...+20 V IN34 = -10...+10 mA IN39 = 0...30 V IN80 = -30...+30 V IN87 = -15...+15 mA IN68 = 0...50 V IN81 = -50...+50 V IN35 = -20...+20 mA IN69 = 0...100 V IN82 = -100...+100 V IN88 = -30...+30 mA IN89 = -50...+50 mA IN90 = -100...+100 mA

IN06 = 1...5 V IN91 = 1...5 mA IN04 = 2...10 V IN92 = 2...10 mA IN02 = 4...20 mA

Application example: level measurement and active analog input card

MACXMCR-UI-UI IN OUT

Level sensor ±±50 mV... 1000 mV ±1 mA... ±5mA – 4.2 3.2 active 24 V 0...20 mA ±10 mA... ±100 mA + 4.1 3.1

GND 5.2 2.2 passive ±1 V... ±100 V 5.1 2.1

GND 1.2

+24 V 1.1 Controller

GND +24 V 24 V

Mains voltage

Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station

MACXMCR-UI-UI M IN OUT

±±50 mV... 1000 mV ±1 mA... ±5mA – 4.2 3.2 D active Shunt resistor ±10 mA... ±100 mA + mV 4.1 3.1

AI2 GND 5.2 2.2 passive ±1 V... ±100 V 12 5.1 2.1

1 1 GND 1.2

+24 V +– 1.1 2 2

Battery 3 3

24 V GND +24 V 4 4

Mains voltage IB IL AI 2/SF

(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 103 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

4.1 4-wire US ±±50 mV... 1000 mV [mA] - 5.2 ±1mA... ± 5 mA - 3.2 4.2 3.2 active + passive ±10 mA... ±100 mA +

4.1 3.1 3.1 4.2 + 4-wire GND US [mV] 5.2 2.2 2.2 5.2 passive ±1 V... ±100 V 5.1 2.1 active

2.1 - 5.1 1.2 IN U,I U,I OUT 4-wire Power US [V] 24V ...230V AC/DC 5.2 1.1 Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations, POWER wide-range power supply

Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2   Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering – Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, Maximum input signal ±100 V ±100 mA filtering, amplifying, and converting stan- Input resistance Approx. 1 MΩ Approx. 10 Ω dard analog signals (±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC) (±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC) – Configurable input and output signals, in- Output data U output I output Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches cluding bipolar current and voltage signals Maximum output signal 15 V 35 mA

– 3-way electrical isolation Load RB ≥ 1 kΩ (10 V) ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active) (passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax) – Over 1600 signal conversions can be set General data

via DIP switches on the front Supply voltage UB 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) Power dissipation < 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) – Output active or passive < 0.9 W (At 230 V AC / 20 mA) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value) nection method Temperature coefficient 0.0075%/K ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±4% / ±4% – Wide-range power supply: Electrical isolation 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Status indicator for supply voltage surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

– Installation in zone 2 permissible Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 70°C Notes: Housing material PA 66-FR To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc IECEx Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL, USA / Canada - Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 GL - Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals with long-range power supply

Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP1) 2811459 1 Order configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP1) 2811585 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC1) 2811297 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC1) 2811569 1

104 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)

Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certifi- Order No. cate (FCC) 2811459 / IN03 / OUT01 / 10K / NONE

IN40 = 0...50 mV IN53 = -50...+50 mV IN70 = 0...1.0 mA OUT19 = 0...2.5 V OUT15 = 0...5 mA 30 = 30 Hz NONE = without FCC 2811459 = IN24 = 0...60 mV IN13 = -60...+60 mV IN71 = 0...1.5 mA OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT16 = 0...10 mA 10K = 10 kHz YES = with FCC (a fee ...-UI-UI-UP IN41 = 0...75 mV IN54 = -75...+75 mV IN72 = 0...2.0 mA OUT03 = 0...10 V OUT01 = 0...20 mA is charged) IN25 = 0...100 mV IN14 = -100...+100 mV IN73 = 0...3.0 mA IN43 = 0...120 mV IN56 = -120...+120 mV IN36 = 0...5 mA OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V OUT21 = -5...+5 mA YESPLUS = FCC with 2811585 = IN44 = 0...150 mV IN57 = -150...+150 mV IN37 = 0...10 mA OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT22 = -10...+10 mA 5 measuring ...-UI-UI-UP-SP IN26 = 0...200 mV IN15 = -200...+200 mV IN74 = 0...15 mA OUT14 = -10...+10 V OUT23 = -20...+20 mA points (a fee is IN27 = 0...300 mV IN16 = -300...+300 mV IN01 = 0...20 mA charged) IN28 = 0...500 mV IN17 = -500...+500 mV IN75 = 0...30 mA OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V OUT25 = 1...5 mA IN66 = 0...1000 mV IN78 = -1000...+1000 mV IN76 = 0...50 mA OUT06 = 1...5 V OUT26 = 2...10 mA IN29 = 0...1.0 V IN18 = -1.0...+1.0 V IN77 = 0...100 mA OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT02 = 4...20 mA IN50 = 0...1.5 V IN63 = -1.5...+1.5 V IN30 = 0...2.0 V IN19 = -2.0...+2.0 V IN83 = -1.0...+1.0 mA OUT27 = 2.5...0 V OUT28 = 5...0 mA IN52 = 0...3.0 V IN65 = -3.0...+3.0 V IN84 = -1.5...+1.5 mA OUT11 = 5...0 V OUT29 = 10...0 mA IN05 = 0...5 V IN21 = -5...+5 V IN85 = -2.0...+2.0 mA OUT09 = 10...0 V OUT07 = 20...0 mA IN03 = 0...10 V IN22 = -10...+10 V IN86 = -3.0...+3.0 mA IN67 = 0...15 V IN79 = -15...+15 V IN33 = -5...+5 mA IN32 = 0...20 V IN23 = -20...+20 V IN34 = -10...+10 mA IN39 = 0...30 V IN80 = -30...+30 V IN87 = -15...+15 mA IN68 = 0...50 V IN81 = -50...+50 V IN35 = -20...+20 mA IN69 = 0...100 V IN82 = -100...+100 V IN88 = -30...+30 mA IN89 = -50...+50 mA IN90 = -100...+100 mA

IN06 = 1...5 V IN91 = 1...5 mA IN04 = 2...10 V IN92 = 2...10 mA IN02 = 4...20 mA

Application example: level measurement and active analog input card

MACXMCR-UI-UI-UP IN OUT

Level sensor ±±50mV... 1000mV ±1mA... ±5mA – 4.2 3.2 active 24V 0...20mA ±10mA... ±100mA + 4.1 3.1

GND 5.2 2.2 passive ±1V... ±100V 5.1 2.1

1.2 Power ≃ 24V ...230VAC/DC 1.1 Controller

Power 24V ...230VAC/DC

Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station

MACXMCR-UI-UI-UP M IN OUT

±±50mV... 1000mV ±1mA... ±5mA – 4.2 3.2 D active Shunt resistor ±10mA... ±100mA + mV 4.1 3.1

AI2 GND 5.2 2.2 passive ±1V... ±100V 12 5.1 2.1

1 1 1.2 Power ≃ 24V ...230VAC/DC +– 1.1 2 2

Battery 3 3

4 4

Power 24V ...230VAC/DC

IB IL AI 2/SF

(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 105 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

passive active - + 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 - 2-wire

+ +

4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 - 2.2 2.2 5.2 5.2 - US 4-wire 2.1 + 250 W POWER 5.1 5.1 OUT II GND IN 1.2 Repeater power supply and +24V 1.1 input isolating amplifier POWER Power

GND +24V Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2 Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Repeater power supply and input isolating Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA) amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) Output data measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea- Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) suring transducers, and mA current sources 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) – Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) Load < 600 Ω Output ripple < 20 mVrms – 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive) General data – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC communication signals Current consumption < 60 mA (at 24 V DC) Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K nection method, with integrated sockets Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value) for HART communicators Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) – Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to in- Under-/overload range as per NE 43 crease the HART impedance in the case Electrical isolation of low-impedance systems Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 SMART communication Yes – Installation in zone 2 permitted Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications Protocols supported HART Notes: Housing material PA 66-FR Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 found from page 126 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Conformance / approvals Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X can be found from page 128 UL, USA / Canada UL applied for 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol

Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I1) 2865955 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1) 2924207 1

106 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

- 4.2 - 4.2 3.2 - 3.2 2-wire OUT 1 passive + + + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 OUT1 - 2.2 2.2 OUT 2 passive I + 5.2 - 5.2 2.1 2.1 POWER US 4-wire IIOUT2 + GND 5.1 5.1 1.2 IN Repeater power supply and +24V 1.1 input isolating amplifier, POWER Power with two electrically isolated outputs GND +24V Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2 Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA Repeater power supply and input isolating Transmitter supply voltage > 21.5 V (at 20 mA) amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor Voltage drop < 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea- Output data suring transducers, and mA current sources Output signal (Per output) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) Load < 450 Ω (at 20 mA)

– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) Output ripple < 20 mVrms General data – Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) (active) outputs Current consumption < 75 mA (at 24 V DC) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Power dissipation < 1.45 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K communication signals (both outputs) Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value) nection method, with integrated sockets Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) Under-/overload range as per NE 43 for HART communicators Electrical isolation – 4-way electrical isolation Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Power supply via DIN rail connector surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, possible safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Status indication Green LED (PWR supply voltage) Notes: SMART communication (Per output) Yes Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Protocols supported HART as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Housing material PA 66-FR found from page 126 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Conformance / approvals can be found from page 128 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol

Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I1) 2924825 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1) 2924838 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 107 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

active

4.3 3.3 3.3 - S2 passive

- - + 4.2 4.2 250 W 3.2 3.2 3.2 2-wire + S1 + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

W - 4.3

250

US 4-wire POWER + II OUT 4.2 1.2 ~– 1.2 IN Power ~– Repeater power supply and 24V ...230V AC/DC 1.1 ~– 1.1 POWER input isolating amplifier, wide-range power supply Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2 Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Repeater power supply and input isolating Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA) amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea- Output data suring transducers, and mA current sources Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) – Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) 0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) – Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive), 1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) 0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP Load < 600 Ω (I output) Output ripple < 20 mVrms switch General data – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) Current consumption < 75 mA (at 24 V DC) communication signals Power dissipation < 1.8 W – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K nection method, with integrated sockets Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value) for HART communicators Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) – 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via Under-/overload range as per NE 43 DIP switches to increase the HART im- Electrical isolation Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

pedance in the case of low-impedance 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, systems safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – 3-way electrical isolation – Wide-range power supply: Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC SMART communication Yes – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications Protocols supported HART – Installation in zone 2 permitted Housing material PA 66-FR Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Notes: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Conformance / approvals found from page 126 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 UL, USA / Canada UL applied for Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol

Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1) 2865968 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1) 2924210 1

108 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Analog OUT output isolating amplifier

Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC / DCS

active

- - 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2

P - - + + + + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

- 4.2

+ 4.1 II GND OUT IN 1.2 - 4.2 +24V + 1.1 4.1 POWER Power

GND +24V Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2 Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Output isolating amplifier for controlling Input voltage 5.4 V (at 20 mA) I/P transducers, control valves, and displays Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output > 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault) Output data – 0/4 ... 20 mA input Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA – 0/4 ... 20 mA output Load < 800 Ω (at 20 mA) Output ripple < 20 mVrms – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART General data communication signals Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) nection method, with integrated sockets Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K Step response (10 - 90%) < 140 µs for HART communicators Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) – Line fault detection (LF) Electrical isolation – 3-way electrical isolation Input/output/power supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Power supply via DIN rail connector surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, possible safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) SMART communication Yes Notes: Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications Protocols supported HART Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Housing material PA 66-FR found from page 126 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 can be found from page 128 Conformance / approvals 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Output isolating amplifier Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I1) 2865971 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP1) 2924223 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 109 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

- 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 ϑ ϑ ϑ - μC μC passive + + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

5.2 5.2

5.1 5.1

GND IN I OUT 1.2 +24V 1.1 For resistance thermometers and Power POWER resistance-type sensors GND +24V

Zone 2 Div. 2  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor Programmable temperature transducer Resistor 0 Ω ... 2000 Ω for operating resistance thermometers and Cable resistance 50 Ω per line Sensor input current (200 μA ... 1 mA) resistance-type sensors. The measured val- Measuring range span min. 50 K ues are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA Output data Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA signal. Load ≤ 500 Ω Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined Output ripple < 50 µA – Input for resistance thermometers and PP General data resistance-type sensors Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC) – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Power dissipation < 1 W Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K Sensor type, connection method, mea- Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL) suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm max. 1200 ms (With SIL) Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL) signal, and output range max. 1100 ms (Without SIL) – Programming during operation and also volt- Transmission error, total 0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05% age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5% programming adapter Electrical isolation – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, sensor, and module errors surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – 3-way electrical isolation safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Power supply via DIN rail connector Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation) possible Housing material PA 66-FR – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Notes: Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Conformance / approvals To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Ordering data as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Pcs. / found from page 126 Description Type Order No. Pkt. For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Temperature transducer Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I1) 2865065 1 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP1) 2924317 1 can be found from page 128 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC1) 2865078 1 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1) 2924320 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface

110 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Order key and temperature ranges for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer

Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level Connection Measuring range: Measuring Output range Filter Filter (SIL) technology Start End unit Oversampling Moving average value

2865065 / PT100 / ON / 3 / 0 / 100 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...

2865065 = see below ON = active 2 = 2-conductor see be- see be- C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 = 1 value 1 = 1 value MACX MCR- NONE = not active low low F = °F 3 = 3 values 2 = 2 values SL-RTD-I 3 = 3-conductor O =  OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 = 5 values 3 = 3 values ON only with output range 7 = 7 values 4 = 4 values 2924317 = =OUT02 4 = 4-conductor 10 = 10 values MACX MCR- 20 = 20 values SL-RTD-I-SP Smallest measuring range span RES01 = Resistor 0 2000  25  PT50 = Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K PT100S = Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K PT500S = Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K NI100DIN = Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K NI500DIN = Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K CU50 = Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 50 K CU53 = Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426) -50 180 °C 50 K

Alarm signal Alarm signal Short circuit/ Sensor break/ Factory calibration certificate = FCC overrange underrange ... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

I000 = 0 mA I000 = 0 mA NONE = without FCC 9 I035 = 3.5 mA I035 = 3.5 mA YES = with FCC (a fee is charged) T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 I215 = 21.5 mA I215 = 21.5 mA YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a 5 fee is charged) I035 only with output range = OUT02

Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 111 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC/DCS

- 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 - - µC µC passive + + + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

GND IN I OUT 1.2 +24V 1.1 For thermocouples and mV sources Power POWER GND +24V

Zone 2 Div. 2  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Thermocouple sensors E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760 Programmable temperature transducer Voltage -20 mV ... 70 mV for operating thermocouples and mV sourc- Measuring range span (Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources) es. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 or 4 ... 20 mA signal. Output data Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Load max. 500 Ω – Input for thermocouples and mV sources Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined Output ripple < 50 µAPP – 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output General data – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC Sensor type, connection method, mea- Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation < 1 W suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K signal, and output range Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL) max. 1200 ms (With SIL) – Programming during operation and also volt- Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL) age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER max. 1100 ms (Without SIL) programming adapter Transmission error, total 0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05% – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Cold junction errors ±1 K sensor, and module errors ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5% Electrical isolation – 3-way electrical isolation Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 V (Rated insulation voltage, – Power supply via DIN rail connector rms surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, possible safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation) Housing material PA 66-FR Notes: Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet Conformance / approvals (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 found from page 126 Ordering data For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Pcs. / Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Description Type Order No. can be found from page 128 Pkt. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Temperature transducer Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-TC-I1) 2924333 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC1) 2924346 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface

112 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Order key and temperature ranges for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer

Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level Cold junction Measuring range: Measuring Output range Filter Filter (SIL) compensation Start End unit Oversampling Moving average value

2924333 / J / ON / 1 / 0 / 1000 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...

MACX MCR- see below ON = active 1 = switched on see be- see be- C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 = 1 value 1 = 1 value SL-TC-I NONE = not active low low F = °F 3 = 3 values 2 = 2 values 0 = switched off V = mV OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 = 5 values 3 = 3 values (e.g., for mV volt- 7 = 7 values 4 = 4 values age measure- 10 = 10 values ON only with output range ment) 20 = 20 values =OUT02 Smallest measuring range span V03 = Voltage (mV) -20 +70 mV 3 mV E = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -250 1000 °C 50 K J = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K K = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K N = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K L = acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K

Alarm signal Alarm signal Overrange Sensor break/ Factory calibration certificate = FCC underrange ... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

I000 = 0 mA I000 = 0 mA NONE = without FCC 9 I035 = 3.5 mA I035 = 3.5 mA YES = with FCC (a fee is charged) T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 I215 = 21.5 mA I215 = 21.5 mA YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points 5 (a fee is charged) I035 only with output range = OUT02

Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 113 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

passive

RTD - - 4.3 4.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 TC ϑ GND +

- 4.2 4.2 S-PORT I OUT 3.2 3.2 ϑ + + 4.1 4.1 U OUT 3.1 3.1 Poti µC 4.3 ϑ 2.3 2.3 14 4.2 2.2 2.2 11 DI U,I 4.1 2.1 2.1 12

IN OUT 5.3 5.3 NC 1.3

5.2 5.2 Power 1.2 24V ...230V AC/DC Universal, with switching output, 5.1 5.1 1.1 POWER wide-range power supply

Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2 Ex:   Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor Universal temperature transducer with Thermocouple sensors B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG freely configurable properties Resistor 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ Potentiometer 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ – Input for resistance thermometers, ther- Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV Output data U output I output mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po- Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL) tentiometers, and mV sources – Measure differential temperatures Maximum output signal ±11 V 22 mA Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA) – Freely programmable input and output Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable – Option of inverse output signal ranges Switching output Relay output –Relay switching output Contact type 1 PDT Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated – Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or Maximum switching voltage 30 V AC (30 V DC) IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit Maximum switching current 0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC) General data – Programming during operation and also Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- Power consumption < 1.5 W Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K ADAPTER programming adapter Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Electrical isolation nection method Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV 1 (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Cold junction compensation with sepa- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, rate connector safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Wide-range power supply: Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C sensor, and module errors Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Notes: Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Conformance / approvals configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Conformance CE-compliant The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). IECEx Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on Ordering data page 118 For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Temperature transducer Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UI-UP1) 2811394 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP1) 2811860 1 Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C1) 2811873 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C1) 2811970 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface

114 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No. Safety integrity level Sensor type Connection Cold junction com- Measuring range: Measuring Output range Factory calibration certificate (SIL) technology pensation Start End unit = FCC

2811873 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE

2811873 = ON = active see below 2 = 2-conductor 0 = off, e.g., with see be- see be- C = °C OUT15 = 0...5 mA NONE = without FCC MACX MCR- RTD, R, potenti- low low F = °F OUT16 = 0...10 mA T-UI-UP-C NONE = not active ometer, mV O =  OUT01 = 0...20 mA 3 = 3-conductor P = %OUT15= 0...5 mA YES = with FCC (a fee is 2811970 = V = mV OUT25 = 1...5 mA charged) MACX MCR- ON only with output 1 = on, e.g., with TC OUT26 = 2...10 mA T-UI-UP-SP-C range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor OUT02 = 4...20 mA OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with OUT03 = 0...10 V 5 measuring points OUT06 = 1...5 V (a fee is charged) OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V Others can be freely configured in the software

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured range span with the IFS-CONF software:

Resistance thermometers (RTD) PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Freely configurable user characteristic curve Others can be selected or freely config- PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K with 30 interpolation points ured in the software. PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000 = Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be PT100S = Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K freely configured or set according to NE43 PT1000S = Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) PT100G = Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000G = Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) PT100J = Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000J = Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: NI100 = Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K ON) NI1000 = Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K NI100S = Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K - Switching behavior: switching output ? NI1000S = Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura- NI1000L = Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K tion: OFF) CU10 = Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K CU50 = Cu50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 100 K CU100 = Cu100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 100 K CU53 = Cu53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426) -50 180 °C 100 K KTY81 = KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K KTY84 = KTY84-130 (Philips) -40 300 °C 20 K

Thermocouples (TC) B = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) 500 1820 °C 50 K Others can be selected in the software. E = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -230 1000 °C 50 K J = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K K = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K N = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K R = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K S = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K T = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) -200 400 °C 50 K L = acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K U = acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) -200 600 °C 50 K CA = C ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K DA = D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K A1G = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 0 2500 °C 50 K A2G = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K A3G = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K MG = M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K LG = L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K

Remote resistance-type sensors (R) RES03 = 0...150  resistor 0 150  (2, 3, 4-conductor) RES05 = 0...600  resistor 0 600  Others can be selected in the software. RES06 = 0...1200  resistor 0 1200  10% of the selected RES09 = 0...6250  resistor 0 6250  measuring range RES10 = 0...12500  resistor 0 12500  RES12 = 0...50000  resistor 0 50000 

Potentiometers POT03 = 0...150  potentiometer 0 100 % (3-conductor) POT05 = 0...600  potentiometer 0 100 % Others can be selected in the software. POT06 = 0...1200  potentiometer 0 100 % 10% of the selected POT09 = 0...6250  potentiometer 0 100 % measuring range POT10 = 0...12500  potentiometer 0 100 % POT12 = 0...50000  potentiometer 0 100 %

Voltage signals (mV) V04 = Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal Others can be selected in the software. span

9 Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F: T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 115 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

passive RTD - 3.3 3.3 - 4.3 4.3 GND 3.3 TC ϑ +

3.2 4.2 4.2 I OUT 3.2 + - ϑ 3.1 + 4.1 4.1 U OUT 3.1 Poti 3x 3.6 34 4.3 ϑ 3.5 31 DI 4.2 3.4 32 U,I 4.1 2.6 24 5.3 5.3 NC 1.3 IN OUT 2.5 21 DI 5.2 5.2 Power 1.2 24V ...230V AC/DC 2.4 22 Universal, with three limit value relays, 3x 5.1 5.1 1.1 wide-range power supply POWER 1.6 14 1.5 11 DI Zone 2 1.4 12 Functional safety Div. 2 Ex:   Housing width 35 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor Universal temperature transducer with Thermocouple sensors B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG freely configurable properties Resistor 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ Potentiometer 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ – Input for resistance thermometers, ther- Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV Output data U output I output mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po- Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL) tentiometers, and mV sources – Measure differential temperatures Maximum output signal ±11 V 22 mA Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA) – Freely programmable input and output Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable – Option of inverse output signal ranges Switching output Relay output – Three limit value relays, can be used in Contact type 3 PDTs Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated combination as a safe limit value relay Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (250 V DC) – Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or Maximum switching current 2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC) General data IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) – Programming during operation and also Power consumption < 2.4 W Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA) ADAPTER programming adapter Electrical isolation – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, nection method surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Cold junction compensation with sepa- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) rate connector Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Wide-range power supply: Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation) sensor, and module errors Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Dimensions W / H / D 35 / 99 / 114.5 mm – Installation in zone 2 permitted Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Notes: Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X IECEx Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the Ordering data associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on page 118 Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Temperature transducer 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP1) 2811378 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP1) 2811828 1 Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C1) 2811514 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1) 2811831 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface

116 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No. Safety integrity level Sensor type Connection Cold junction Measuring range: Measuring Output range Factory calibration (SIL) technology compensation Start End unit certificate = FCC

2811514 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE

2811514 = ON = active see below 2 = 2-conductor 0 = off, e.g., with see be- see be- C = °C OUT15 = 0...5 mA NONE = without FCC MACX MCR- RTD, R, potenti- low low F = °F OUT16 = 0...10 mA T-UIREL-UP-C NONE = not active ometer, mV O =  OUT01 = 0...20 mA 3 = 3-conductor P = %OUT15= 0...5 mA YES = with FCC (a fee is 2811831 = V = mV OUT25 = 1...5 mA charged) MACX MCR- ON only with output 1 = on, e.g., with TC OUT26 = 2...10 mA T-UIREL-UP-SP-C range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor OUT02 = 4...20 mA OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with OUT03 = 0...10 V 5 measuring points OUT06 = 1...5 V (a fee is charged) OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V Others can be freely configured in the software

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured range span with the IFS-CONF software:

Resistance thermometers (RTD) PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Freely configurable user characteristic curve Others can be selected or freely config- PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K with 30 interpolation points ured in the software. PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000 = Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be PT100S = Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K freely configured or set according to NE43 PT1000S = Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) PT100G = Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000G = Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) PT100J = Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000J = Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: NI100 = Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K ON) NI1000 = Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K NI100S = Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K - Switching behavior: switching output ? NI1000S = Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura- NI1000L = Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K tion: OFF) CU10 = Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K CU50 = Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) -50 200 °C 100 K CU100 = Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) -50 200 °C 100 K CU53 = Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426) -50 180 °C 100 K KTY81 = KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K KTY84 = KTY84-130 (Philips) -40 300 °C 20 K

Voltage signals (mV) V04 = Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal Others can be selected in the software. span

9 Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F: T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 117 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Accessories Operating and display unit

– Local display of actual values – Copy function – Easy guided operation – Easy configuration without PC software – Operating and display unit can be snapped directly onto compatible devices with a housing width of 35 mm – DIN rail mounting possible for thinner devices in conjunction with cradle unit –Backlighting Can be snapped directly onto – Installation in zone 2 permissible compatible 35 mm devices

Notes: Technical data 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 General data Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) Humidity 90% (at 25°C, no condensation) Housing material PA 6.6 Dimensions W / H / D 35 / 99 / 20 mm Connection method PC side S port (socket) Measuring transducer side S port (plug) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X IECEx Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Operating and display unit IFS-OP-UNIT1) 2811899 1

Accessories Cradle unit

– For snapping onto the DIN rail – For control cabinet mounting of the oper- H ating and display unit D W Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Cradle for operating and display unit

Technical data General data Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) Humidity 90% (at 25°C, no condensation) Housing material PA 6.6 Dimensions W / H / D 35.2 / 29 / 99 mm Connection method IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface S port (socket) Measuring transducer side S port (plug) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X IECEx Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Cradle unit, for snapping the operating and display unit onto the DIN rail IFS-OP-CRADLE1) 2811886 1

118 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Accessories Programming adapter

The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programming adapter is used for configuring Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules with S-PORT interface. The adapter is used with FDT/DTM software or ANALOG-CONF software. For programming MACX Analog and MINI Analog.

Notes: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Applied for: cUL / UL

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 119 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 11 - - DI + +

4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 14

4.2- 2.2 2.2 12 4.1+

GND IN OUT 1.2 4.2 +24V 1.1 Faultsignal Signal output: PDT relay Power POWER 4.1 LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit proximity sensors and mechanical contacts No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω tacts with resistance circuit Switching output Relay output – Relay signal output (PDT) Contact type 1 PDT Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated – Reversible direction of action (operating Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) current or closed-circuit current behavior) Maximum switching capacity 500 VA Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Mechanical service life 107 cycles ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load) red flashing LED with de-excitation of General data output relay Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Power supply and error indication possi- Current consumption 21 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation < 650 mW ble via the DIN rail connector Electrical isolation

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, circuit state, and malfunctions to safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) NAMUR NE 44 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

– 3-way electrical isolation Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Conformance / approvals found from page 126 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 can be found from page 128 Ordering data 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R1) 2865997 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP1) 2924252 1

120 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 13 - OUT1 DI + 3.1 3.1 14

4.1 4.1 4.2- 2.2 2.2 13

OUT2 DI + 2.1 2.1 14 4.1

GND IN OUT 1.2 4.2 +24V 1.1 Faultsignal 2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay Power POWER 4.1 LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit proximity sensors and mechanical contacts No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω tacts with resistance circuit Switching output Relay output – Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact); Contact type 2 N/O contacts Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated output 2 can be used as an error message Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) output Maximum switching capacity 500 VA Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA – Reversible direction of action (operating Mechanical service life 107 cycles current or closed-circuit current behavior) Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- General data ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC red flashing LED with de-excitation of Current consumption 30 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation < 950 mW output relay Electrical isolation – Power supply and error indication possi- Input/supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, ble via the DIN rail connector surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

circuit state, and malfunctions to Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) NAMUR NE 44 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, – 4-way electrical isolation safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Housing material PA 66-FR Notes: Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 found from page 126 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 128 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO1) 2865010 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1) 2924265 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 121 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

- 4.2 3.2 3.2 13 - + CH1 DI + 3.1 3.1 14 4.1

- 5.2 2.2 2.2 13 - + CH2 DI + 2.1 2.1 14 IN1 OUT1 5.1

IN2 - GND OUT2 1.2 +24V + 1.1 Faultsignal 2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay Power POWER LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ly safe operation of proximity sensors and No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) circuit state, and malfunctions to 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, NAMUR NE 44 safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – 3-way electrical isolation Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 found from page 126 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 can be found from page 128 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO1) 2865049 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1) 2924294 1

122 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

- 4.3 3.3 3.3 12 - + CH1 DI + 3.2 3.2 11 4.1 3.1 3.1 14 - 2.3 2.3 12 5.3 + - DI CH2 2.2 2.2 11 IN1 OUT1 + 5.1 2.1 2.1 14

- IN2 1.2 OUT2 24...230 V ~– + AC/DC 1.1 2-channel, signal output: PDT relay, POWER wide-range power supply

Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2 Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit proximity sensors and mechanical contacts No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) – 2-channel Switching hysteresis Approx. 0.2 mA Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Switching output Relay output tacts with resistance circuit Contact type 2 PDT Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated – Relay signal output (PDT) Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) – Reversible direction of action (operating Maximum switching capacity 500 VA Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA current or closed-circuit current behav- Mechanical service life 107 cycles ior) Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (Load-dependent) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- General data ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz) red flashing LED with de-excitation of Current consumption < 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC) output relay Power dissipation max. 1.3 W – Wide-range power supply: Electrical isolation 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Input/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, circuit state, and malfunctions to safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) NAMUR NE 44 Output 1/output 2/input, power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Notes: Housing material PA 66-FR Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 found on page 183 Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP1) 2865052 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1) 2924304 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 123 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 - - OUT1 DI + 3.1 3.1 +

4.1 4.1 4.2- 2.2 2.2 -

OUT2 DI + 2.1 2.1 + OUT1 4.1

GND IN OUT2 1.2 4.2 +24V 1.1 Faultsignal 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive) Power POWER 4.1 LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit proximity sensors and mechanical contacts No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < I < 0.35 mA – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors IN Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Switching output 2 transistor outputs, passive tacts with resistance circuit Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output) Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant) – 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up Drop (ΔU) < 1.4 V to 5 kHz Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch – Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz General data signaling output Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Reversible direction of action (operating Current consumption < 28 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation 800 mW current or closed-circuit current behav- Electrical isolation

ior) Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) ed/deactivated, error message signaled by 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis- Output 1/output 2 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

tor output 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Power supply and error indication possi- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) ble via the DIN rail connector Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) circuit state, and malfunctions to Housing material PA 66-FR NAMUR NE 44 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm – 4-way electrical isolation Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Notes: ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Ordering data found from page 126 Pcs. / Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Description Type Order No. Pkt. Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 128 NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T1) 2865023 1 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP1) 2924278 1

124 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Digital IN NAMUR isolation amplifiers

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

- 4.2 3.2 3.2 - - + CH1 DI + 3.1 3.1 + 4.1

- 5.2 2.2 2.2 - - + CH2 DI + 2.1 2.1 + IN1 OUT1 5.1

IN2 - GND OUT2 1.2 +24V + 1.1 Faultsignal 2-channel, signal output transistor (passive) Power POWER LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 2  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit proximity sensors and mechanical contacts No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < I < 0.35 mA – 2-channel IN Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching output Transistor output, passive (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output) Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant) tacts with resistance circuit Drop (ΔU) < 1.4 V – Signal output transistor (passive); up to Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch 5kHz Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz General data – Reversible direction of action (operating Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC current or closed-circuit current behav- Current consumption < 34 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation 1000 mW ior) Electrical isolation

– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, ed/deactivated, error message signaled by safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis- 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

tor output Output 1/output 2 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

– Power supply and error indication possi- 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, ble via the DIN rail connector safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) circuit state, and malfunctions to Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) NAMUR NE 44 Housing material PA 66-FR – 3-way electrical isolation Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Conformance / approvals Notes: Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 found from page 126 Ordering data Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Pcs. / Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Description Type Order No. can be found from page 128 Pkt. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 NAMUR isolation amplifier Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T1) 2865036 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP1) 2924281 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 125 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Accessories

– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for LFD +24V error messages GND – Error message in the event of a power supply failure or fuse fault   Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL – Bus cable fault message for Housing width 17.5 mm MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices Technical data connected via DIN rail connectors Input data – Replaceable fuse Input signal 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Installation in zone 2 permissible Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes Polarization and surge protection Yes Output data Maximum output signal 3.75 A Output voltage (Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A) Switching output Relay Contact type 1 PDT Contact material Gold (Au) Maximum switching voltage 50 V AC (2 A) General data Current consumption Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation) Fuse 5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC Status indication 1 x red LED (error) 2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) Housing material Polyamide (PA 6.6) Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X IECEx Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 61010 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Supply and error message module, including the relevant DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

Screw connection MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1

126 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Accessories

ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX analog modules – Reduces wiring costs – System can be extended or module replaced even while process is active – Inter-extendable

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10

Accessories

Marking material for device marking – For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field – Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths – Large temperature range

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Color Type Order No. Pkt. UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels

10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 10 UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels, marked according to customer specifications For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or www.phoenixcontact.net/products 10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 127 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Termination carrier for MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are com- Compact pact solutions for quickly and smoothly con- – Saves up to 30% of space due to compact necting DIN rail devices from the MACX design Analog Ex series to input/output cards of Robust and reliable automation systems using system cabling. – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile The termination carriers combine the ad- – PCB is completely decoupled from mod- vantages of modular DIN rail devices with ules those offered by plug and play rapid cabling – PCB without active components solutions to provide a consistent solution – Redundant supply and monitoring in sep- for system technology. arate DIN rail module Easy maintenance – Use of standard DIN rail devices – Easy access to connection points Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable – Quick and safe module connection with plug-in and coded cable sets Flexible – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting – Profile section without pitch markings for I/O cards with specific number of channels – Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards of various automation systems with different system plug types

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog, MACX Analog Ex, and Safety 128 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com tems. input/output cardsbinary ofautomation sys- from MACXor to analog the series Analog solution which connects isolating amplifiers universal termination carrier is a compact MACXAnalog isolatingamplifiers Ex Termination carrier for Redundant supply and monitoring in sep- – Forsocket with D-SUB system cables and – Universal 1:1 signal routing to37-pos. a – Connection of uptosingle-channel 16 – management system. tween HART-capablefield devicesand a plexer, also enables communication be- with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multi- combined when design, carrier termination 1) EMC: Class A product, seepage 571 specifications. accordingplemented toyour im-be can or planned various automationavailable, systems are us:Contact specific terminationfor carrierdesigns I/O modules of Notes: arate DIN rail module rail DIN arate ends foropen universal connection connector plug-in D-SUB amplifiers (Ex i-)isolating The The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI Courtesy of Steven Engineering,

Maximum switchingvoltage Contact material output Switching indication Status Fuse Polarizationprotection surge and supply Redundant Input voltage range module power via supply Power Dimensions /D W/H Inflammability class according toUL94 Vibration (operation) Shock Ambient temperature range Degree ofprotection Airand creepage distances Rated surge voltage Pollution degree Surge voltage category Rated insulation voltage current Maximum permissible voltage operating Maximum Number of positions systemlevelConnection tothe control data General HART multiplexer, Supply and error message module multiplexer HART for MCR-S-MUX MACX With connection - Universal terminationcarrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators Description TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme Inc. 3.1 X20 COMBICON 1 MACX PW1 Alarm 2 For additional information, additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products For

- 3 (+) MCR- 1.1 PWR1

(800) 4 (-) 1.2 PW2 5 (+) PWR2 PTB 3.2 6 (-) 2.1 2.2 258-9200 PTSM X1 DSUB 37 32-channel + 3.1 1 - 20 3.2 CH1

+ MACXsafety - Analog functional SIL with Isolating amplifiers 3.1 2 - 21 3.2 CH2 - + [email protected] 3.1 3 - 22 3.2 CH3

+ 3.1 4 - 23 3.2 CH4

+ 3.1 5 - 24 3.2 CH5

+ 3.1 6 - 25 technology control and Measurement 3.2 CH6

+ 3.1 7 - 26 3.2 CH7 + 8 3.1 27 Housing width 244mm DIN ENDIN 50178 (Basicinsulation) D-SUB pin stripD-SUB pin -40°C ...80°C (Please observe module specifications) yes, decoupled from diodes from decoupled yes, IP20 2 V0 Yes 0.5 kV II 50 V signal/channel) (Per DC V 50 < Au 2 xgreenLEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) exchanged) be (can Slow-blow A 5 19.2 ...30 VDC VDC 15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)(2 (230 A)50 VDC(0.3/33AC VDC A) / (error) LED red x 1 A1 (Signal/channel) 2g, according2g, 60068-2-6 toIEC 37 244 /244170 /160mm 1 PDT MACX MCR-S-MUX - MCR-PTB-SP MACX MCR-PTB MACX TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI Type CH8

- 3.2 + www.stevenengineering.com 9 3.1 - 28 CH9 3.2 + 10 3.1 - 29 CH10 3.2 + 11 3.1 - 30 CH11 3.2 Technical data Technical

+ Ordering data

12 Accessories 3.1 - 31 CH12 3.2 + 13 32

3.1 - 1

CH13 2902932 ) 3.2

PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX + 14 3.1 - 33 CH14 3.2 + 15 Order No. Order 2924854 2924184 2865625 - 34 2865599 3.1 CH15 3.2 + 16 - 35 3.1 CH16 3.2 Pcs. / / Pcs. Pkt. 129 1 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays

Also for special applications Frequency Your advantages: MCR Analog isolating amplifiers and digi- – Programmable frequency transducers for – High operational reliability in the event of tal displays – for special applications using frequencies of up to 120 kHz disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation signal processing. – User-friendly wiring, thanks to plug-in Limit value switches Isolating amplifiers in the MCR Analog – Limit value switches for standard analog connection terminal blocks range can be used to record temperatures – Easy configuration via software, signals directly in the field, for example, or to con- DIP switches or display keypad vert digital signals into analog signals. You Digital displays – Digital displays can be programmed with- can monitor your process values using digi- – Programmable digital displays for out software: via the keypad on the front tal displays. standard signals – The digital displays are easy to read, – Setpoint adjuster thanks to the large five-digit display Choose the right MACX Analog isolating amplifier for your application: Analog IN/Analog OUT – Configurable signal multipliers to double standard analog signals – Configurable loop-powered isolators and standard passive isolators for temperature – Programmable temperature transducers – Configurable temperature transducers for Pt 100 – Temperature relay for Pt 100 – Programmable loop-powered temperature transducers.

130 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way isolating amplifier D W H

IN OUT

IN I/U 1 U, 5 OUT I/U GND 1 2 U 6 GND 2

IN U,I U,I OUT 7 +20...30V 8 GND 3 With fixed signal combinations POWER

  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal 0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Processing standard signals Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA – Fixed setting of input and output signals Input resistance 100 kΩ 50 Ω Output data U output I output – 3-way isolation Output signal 0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA Maximum output signal 15 V 30 mA Notes: Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 500 Ω 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Linear transmission range 0% ... 105% -5% ... 105% (in reference to the output range end value) -110% ... 110% (Bipolar signals) General data

Supply voltage UB 20 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 15 mA (without load) Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.3% (of final value), typ. < 0.2% (of final value)

Temperature coefficient < 0.015%/K Limit frequency (3 dB) 30 Hz Step response (10 - 90%) 11 ms Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C Mounting Any Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals, Input signal Output signal 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC1) 2814537 5 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC1) 2814511 5 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V MCR-C-U-U-DC1) 2814469 5 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA MCR-C-I-I-00-DC1) 2814508 5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 131 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN/Analog OUT signal multiplier D W H

OUT OUT

OUT I2 1 7 OUT I1 A D 2OUTU2 8 OUT U1 D A OUT1 GND 2 3 9 GND 1

U,I IN I 4 10 +24V DC A IN U U OUT2 IN U 5 11 GND 4 ,I ,I D GND 3 6 12 GND 4 With freely configurable input and two outputs IN POWER

  Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal 0 V ... 12 V 0 mA ... 24 mA – 4-way isolation (freely selectable in 0.1 V steps) (freely selectable in 0.1 mA steps) – Calibrated reversible input and output Measuring range span min. 4 V min. 8 mA signals Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA Input resistance 200 kΩ 50 Ω Notes: Output data U output I output To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) refer to the order key refer to the order key configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Maximum output signal 15 V 35 mA 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 600 Ω General data

Supply voltage UB 20 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 25 mA Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.15% (of final value), typ. 0.05% (of final value)

Temperature coefficient < 0.015%/K, typ. 0.0075%/K Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 55°C Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR signal multiplier, for multiplication and electrical isolation of analog signals, Order configuration MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI1) 2814854 1 Standard configuration MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC1) 2814867 1

132 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays

Order key for MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI (standard configuration entered as an example)

Input signal (standard and special signals) Output signal (standard signals) Factory calibration Order No. Input signal Initial value Final value Output 1 Output 2 certificate (FCC) 2814854 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / OUT01 / OUT01 / NONE

I = Current 0.0 = 0.0 mA 20.0 = 20.0 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA NONE = without FCC U = Voltage I : freely selectable between I : freely selectable between OUT02 = 4...20 mA OUT02 = 4...20 mA YES = with FCC (a fee 0.0 ... 24.0 mA 0.0 ... 24.0 mA OUT03 = 0...10 V OUT03 = 0...10 V is charged) OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT04 = 2...10 V U : freely selectable between U : freely selectable between OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with 0.0 ... 12.0 V 0.0 ... 12.0 V OUT06 = 1...5 V OUT06 = 1...5 V 5 measuring OUT16 = 0...10 mA OUT16 = 0...10 mA points (a fee is 8.0 mA/4.0 V min. measuring range span charged) 0.1 mA/0.1 V increment

Ordering examples: Input signal (standard and special signals) Output signal (standard signals) Factory calibration certifi- Initial value Final value Output 1 Output 2 cate (FCC) 2814854 / I / 5.3 / 13.3 / OUT01 / OUT01 / NONE

I = Current I = 5.3 mA I = 13.3 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA NONE = without FCC

8.0 mA measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.

2814854 / U / 7.8 / 11.8 / OUT01 / OUT03 / NONE

U = Voltage U = 7.8 V U = 11.8 V OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT03 = 0...10 V NONE = without FCC

4.0 V measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.

Combination table for input and output signals that can be set via DIP switches

Output 1 Output 2 Input 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 2...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 2...10 V 0...20 mA xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 4...20 mA xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 0...10 mA xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 2...10 mA xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 0...10 V xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 2...10 V xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 0...5 V xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 1...5 V xxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Application example: level measurement with subsequent signal multiplication

Level sensor 0...20mA

24V 0...20mA IN OUT 2 OUT 1 POWER 4 I 1 I2 MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI I 7 +24V 10 POWER

5 U 2 U2 U1 8 GND 4 11

6 GND 3 3 GND 2 GND 1 9 GND 4 12 Controller

0...10V

15m3 24V

Mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 133 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN / Analog OUT passive isolators D W H

IN OUT

(+) 0-20mA 1 5 (+) 20mA (-) GND 2 6 (-) GND IN IIOUT 1-channel, with safe isolation

  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Electrical isolation without additional Voltage drop 2.5 V (at I = 20 mA) auxiliary power supply Response current < 50 µA Maximum input current 50 mA (100 mA overload) – Current signals 0(4)...20 mA Maximum input voltage 30 V (30 V overload) – Safe isolation Input voltage limitation 33 V 5% (with Zener diode) Output data Notes: Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA Maximum output signal < 50 mA When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing Load RB ≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal) voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage Ripple < 5 mV (rms) drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB. This means: General data

UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value) Additional error per 100 Ω load 0.02% (of measured value / 100 Ω load) Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load) Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Protection against electric shock Increased insulation according to DIN EN 61 010 part 1 and safe isolation according to VDE 0100 part 410 along the lines of VDE 0106 part 101 up to 300 V AC/DC for surge voltage category II and pollution degree 2 between all isolated distances.

Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 70°C Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals without auxiliary power MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV 2814841 1

Input voltage in relation to load for I =20mA U A E [V] U B 25 U 2 5 The diagram shows input voltage U in relation to load R taking V = , V I B I into account voltage failure U . 20 I V U If the load is known, the minimum voltage the sensor must sup- E R B ply in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive 15 I I isolator and the load can be read on the Y-axis. MCR-1CLP 10 5 U 2 5 V= , V U 0 E []Ω 0 200 400 600 800 1000

134 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN / Analog OUT passive isolators D W H

IN OUT

(+) 0-20mA 1 5 (+) 20mA (-) GND 2 6 (-) GND IN IIOUT 1-, 2- or 4-channel options

 

Technical data Input data Input signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Electrical isolation without additional Voltage drop 2.5 V (at I = 20 mA) auxiliary power supply Response current < 50 µA Maximum input current 50 mA (100 mA overload) – Current signals 0(4)...20 mA Maximum input voltage 30 V (30 V overload) – Alternatively 1-, 2- or 4-channel version Input voltage limitation 33 V (with Zener diode) Output data Notes: Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA Maximum output signal < 50 mA When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing Load RB ≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal) voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage Ripple < 5 mV (rms) drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB. This means: General data

UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB Additional error per 100 Ω load 0.02% (of measured value) Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)

Test voltage input/output 510 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 70°C Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions H / D 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals without auxiliary power 1-channel 12.5 mm wide MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 2814016 1 2-channel 12.5 mm wide MCR-2CLP-I-I-00 2814029 1 4-channel 22.5 mm wide MCR-4CLP-I-I-00 2814045 1

Flow measurement

U B Magnetic inductive flow sensor U = 2,5 V I V I 24V U 0...20mA E RB 0...20mA MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 I I 1 I I 5 IN OUT MCR-1CLP 2 GND 1 GND 2 6

Controller

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 135 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer D W H

IN OUT

1 D 7 C 2 D A 8 3 9 U,I 4 = 10 (+) 24VDC IN OUT NC 5 = 11 SP

NC 6 12 (-) GND For resistance thermometers, thermocouples, POWER resistance-type sensors, and mV sources

   Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor – For resistance thermometers and Thermocouple sensors U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK thermocouples Resistor 0 Ω ... 8000 Ω (freely adjustable, min. measuring range 100 Ω) – Measure differential temperatures Voltage -20 mV ... 2400 mV – With transistor switching output (freely adjustable, minimum measuring range span of 10 mV) Temperature range (Depending on sensor type used) – Freely programmable via MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Sensor input current 250 µA (resistance thermometer) – Option of inverse output signal ranges Output data U output I output Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA Notes: -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V - To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Maximum output signal ±12 V 24 mA configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. D/A resolution ±12 bit ±12 bit

Further information about the configuration software can be found Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 500 Ω on page 149 Ripple < 20 mVPP Output signal with open circuit -12 V ... 12 V 0 A ... 24 mA 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Measuring range overrange/underrange -12 V ... 12 V 0 A ... 24 mA Switching output Transistor output, pnp Can carry a load of 100 mA, switches supply voltage (not protected against short-circuit); locked in case of order-specific configuration, otherwise freely programmable through MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

General data

Supply voltage UB 18 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption ≤ 60 mA, typ. 40 mA Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of maximum range, ±6 mV or ±12 µA at output)

Cold junction errors ≤ 3 K, typ. 1.5 K Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K Test voltage input/output 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Test voltage input/power supply 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Mounting Any Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations GL Germanischer Lloyd Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducers, for resistance thermometers and thermocouple sensors, with electrical isolation of input/output and input/supply voltage

Order configuration MCR-T-UI-E1) 2814113 1 Standard configuration MCR-T-UI-E-NC1) 2814126 1 Order configuration, without electrical isolation MCR-T-UI1) 2814090 1

Standard configuration, without electrical isolation MCR-T-UI-NC1) 2814100 1

136 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays

Order key for MCR-T-UI(-E)... (standard configuration entered as an example)

Sensor type Input characteristic curve Connection Measuring range: Measur- Output Output charac- Factory calibration Order No. technology Start End ing unit teristic curve certificate (FCC) 2814113 / PT100 / D / 3 / -200.0 / +850.0 / C / OUT02 / N / NONE

See tables D = DIN 2 = 2-conductor for 0 mA for 20 mA C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA N = Normal NONE = without FCC 2814113 = under “Sen- S = SAMA (see table) 3 = 3-conductor (e.g., - (e.g., F = °F OUT02 = 4...20 mA I = Inverse YES = with FCC (a fee MCR-T-UI-E sor type” 4 = 4-conductor 200.0°C) +850.0°C) V = mV OUT03 = 0...10 V is charged) 0 = for Ni1000 (Landis & Gyr), 0 = for O = WOUT05= 0...5 V 2814090 = Cu10, Cu50, Cu53, thermocouple, P = %OUT13= -5...+5 V YESPLUS = FCC with MCR-T-UI KTY81-110, resistor, OUT14 = -10...+10 V 5 measuring thermocouple, potentiometer, points (a fee is resistor, voltage charged) potentiometer, voltage

Resistance thermometers Thermocouples Resistors, potentiometers, mV voltages

Sensor type 1) Standard Measuring Smallest Sensor Thermocou- Measuring range Smallest Sensor Input Measuring range Smallest (input charac- range measuring type ple measuring type measuring teristic curve) range span range span range span

PT... DIN/SAMA -200°C ... 850°C 0.4 K U Cu-CuNi -200°C ... 600°C > 1 K RES Resistor 0  ... 8000  2  NI... DIN/SAMA -60°C ... 180°C 0.4 K T 2) Cu-CuNi -200°C ... 400°C > 1 K (2-conductor) Ni1000 Landis & Gyr -50°C ... 160°C 0.4 K L Fe-CuNi -200°C ... 900°C > 1 K POT Potentiometer 0 ... 100% 0.2% CU10 SAMA -70°C ... 500°C 0.4 K J 2) Fe-CuNi -210°C ... 1200°C > 1 K (max. 8 k) (3-conductor) CU50 – -50°C ... 200°C 0.4 K E 2) NiCr-CuNi -226°C ... 1000°C > 1 K CU53 – -50°C ... 180°C 0.4 K K 2) NiCr-Ni -200°C ... 1372°C > 1 K V01 Voltage -20 mV ...+2400 mV 2 mV KTY81 Philips -55°C ... 150°C 0.4 K N 2) NiCrSi-NiSi -200°C ... 1300°C > 1 K KTY84 – -40°C ... 300°C 0.4 K S 2) Pt10Rh-Pt -50°C ... 1768°C > 4 K R 2) Pt13Rh-Pt -50°C ... 1768°C > 4 K Temperature ranges according to IEC 60751/EN 60751 and B 2) Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh 500°C ... 1820°C > 10 K Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F: DIN 43760 SAMA RC 21-4-1966 with 2, 3 or 4-conductor circuit. C -18°C ... 2316°C > 4 K 1) Note: Pt sensors in increments of 10, 20, ...100 and 9 W -18°C ... 2316°C > 4 K T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 100, 200, ...1000, 2000. HK -200°C ... 800°C > 1 K 5 KTY81 = KTY81-110. Other types or characteristic curves available on request. 2) Thermocouples according to IEC 60584/EN 60584. Other types or characteristic curves available on request.

Ordering examples with different input versions:

Resistance thermometer 2814113 / PT100 / D / 3 / -200.0 / +850.0 / C / OUT02 / N / NONE (Configuration for 3-conductor Pt 100 sensor; according to DIN from -200.0°C to +850.0°C with 4 ... 20 mA output characteristic curve)

Thermocouple 2814113 / J / 0 / 0 / -346 / +2192 / F / OUT02 / I / NONE (Configuration for type J thermocouple from -346°F to +2192°F with 20 ... 4 mA output characteristic curve)

Voltage 2814113 / V01 / 0 / 0 / -10 / 1200 / V / OUT03 / I / NONE (Configuration for voltage input from -10 mV to +1200 mV with 10 ... 0 V output characteristic curve)

Resistor 2814113 / RES / 0 / 0 / 0 / 7500 / O / OUT05 / N / NONE (2-conductor connection) (Configuration for connecting a resistor varying between 0  and 7500 . The output signal is 0 ... 5 V.)

Potentiometer 2814113 / POT / 0 / 0 / 10 / 90 / P / OUT02 / N / NONE (3-conductor connection) (Configuration for connecting a 3-conductor potentiometer, where 10 … 90% of the range is used. The output signal is 4 … 20 mA.)

Application examples:

Resistance thermometer: 2-conductor connection tech- Resistance thermometer: 3-conductor connection tech- Resistance thermometer: 4-conductor connection technology nology nology

RL1 RL1 RL1 1 MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 +24 V DC 1 MCR-T-UI-E 10 +24 V DC GND 2 8 R, GND 4 1 MCR-T-UI-E 10 +24 V DC R Mode Power R L2 3 9 12 L2 3 Mode Power 9 12 RL2 2 11 GND OUT I OUT U RL3 3 Mode Power 9 12 GND Output: GND SP RL3 Output: 0(4) ... 20 mA current signal 0 ... (5)10 V, (5)10 V voltage signal RL4 Output: switching output Application: Application: Application: • For short distances (< 10 m) • For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR • For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR Please note: module (RL1, RL2, RL3  25 ) module and different cable resistances (RL1  RL2  RL3  RL4)

• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measure- Please note: Please note: ment result directly and falsify the result accordingly (example • To compensate the cable resistance, all cable resistances must • The cable resistance (RL2 + RL4) must not exceed a value of for Pt 100: 0.385  = 1 K). have exactly the same values (RL1 = RL2 = RL3) 50 . Compensation of 5% is possible.

Potentiometer Thermocouple: absolute temperature measurement Thermocouple: differential temperature measurement

RL1 1 MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 +24 V DC 1 MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 +24 V DC 1 MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 +24 V DC + TC + 2 8 11 GND mV / TC - - 2 8 11 GND R 2 8 11 GND + Mode Power TC 3 9 12 Mode Power 9 12 - 6 Mode Power 9 12 OUT I OUT I OUT I RL2 GND GND GND Application: Application: Application: • For short distances and gradual changes. • Connecting a thermocouple or an mV signal. • Differential temperature measurement with thermocouples. Please note: Note: • Deactivate cold junction compensation for the device.

• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measure- • Activate cold junction compensation for the device in the case ment result directly and falsify the result accordingly. Compen- of thermocouple measurements. sation of 5% is possible.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 137 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer D W H

IN OUT

1 U 7 OUT U/I 2 U 8 3 9 GND 1

4 = 10 (+) 24VDC

Shield = 11 GND 2 IN U,I OUT 5 PT100 Shield 6 12 GND 2 For Pt 100, either voltage or current output Power POWER MM

  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor – Temperature range adjustable via Temperature range 0°C ... 300°C (0 ... 100/150/200/300) / -50°C ... 250°C (-50 ... 50/100/150/250) DIP switch Sensor input current Approx. 1 mA –ZERO/SPAN adjustment Output data U output I output – Open circuit detection Output signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – Alternatively with galvanically isolated Maximum output signal 15 V 30 mA Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 500 Ω supply voltage Output signal with open circuit > 11 V > 22 mA General data ...-U-DC ...-I-DC ...-U ...-I Notes: Supply voltage UB 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC When ordering, you must use the order key to specify the desired Current consumption 35 mA 60 mA 20 mA 45 mA configuration. Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.4% (of final value) Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.02%/K 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5% Step response (10 - 90%) 11 ms Test voltage power supply/signal 750 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors with 2, 3, 4-conductor technology with electrically isolated supply voltage Output: 0..0.10 V MCR-PT100-U-DC1) 2810311 1 Output: 0...(4)20 mA MCR-PT100-I-DC1) 2810337 1 Output: 0...10 V, without electrical isolation MCR-PT100-U1) 2810340 1

Output: 0...(4)20 mA, without electrical isolation MCR-PT100-I1) 2810353 1

Order key MCR-PT100-...(-DC) (standard configuration entered as example)

Connection Temperature range Output Factory calibration Order No. method certificate 2810337 / 3 / TR05 / OUT02 / NONE 2 = 2-conductor TR01 = -50...+50°C OUT01 = 0...20 mA NONE = Without certificate 2810311 = MCR-PT100-U-DC TR02 = -50...+100°C OUT02 = 4...20 mA YES = With factory 2810337 = MCR-PT100-I-DC 3 = 3-conductor TR03 = -50...+150°C calibration 2810340 = MCR-PT100-U TR04 = -50...+250°C With the devices: certificate (fee) 2810353 = MCR-PT100-I 4 = 4-conductor TR05 = 0...100°C 2810311 MCR-PT100-U-DC YESPLUS = Factory TR06 = 0...150°C 2810340 MCR-PT100-U calibration TR07 = 0...200°C The output signal is 0...10 V. No details certificate with TR08 = 0...300°C are necessary. 5 measuring points (fee)

138 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Te m p e ratu re Temperature relay D W H

IN OUT SETPOINT

1 5 11 Pt 100 2 U 6 12

IN OUT PT100 +24 VDC 3 DC 7 11 For Pt 100 GND 4 DC 8 14 POWER

  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2-conductor – Switching point in the temperature range Temperature range -100°C ... 700°C from -100°C ... +700°C freely selectable Sensor input current Approx. 1 mA Switching output Relay output – Changeover relay output Contact type 1 PDT – Galvanically isolated Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated Maximum switching current 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) – Adjustable switch hysteresis 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) Operate delay time Approx. 6 ms Notes: Off delay time Approx. 200 ms 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Switching hysteresis Adjustable using DIP switches (0.5 K, 2 K, 3 K, 5 K)

Error/status indicator Red LED (short-circuit/wire break) / Yellow LED (relay active)

General data

Supply voltage UB 20 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 30 mA Linearity error < 0.1% Setting accuracy < 1%, typ. < 0.5% Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Mounting Any Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature relay, for Pt 100 in 2-conductor system

MCR-SL-PT100-SP1) 2814948 1

ERROR

MCR-SL-PT100-SP Pt 100 10 0 20 K 30 50 40

SETPOINT

IN 12

GND

+24V 34

24V

Application example - Temperature control of a heated medium 1 = mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 139 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer D W H

IN OUT

- 1 DC D 5 OUT I C DADC IN 2 6 POWER POWER IN I 3 OUT Loop-powered, + 4 programmable

  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); – Two-wire transmitter for resistance minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; thermometers, thermocouples, minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K resistance-type, and voltage sensors Resistor (Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω; – Freely programmable via minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω) MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Voltage -10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV) Output data Notes: Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Load RB (Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output)) Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection. Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples) You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza- tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you Output signal with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data

Supply voltage UB 12 V DC ... 35 V DC Current consumption < 3.5 mA Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000) Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R) Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω) Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV) Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s Pickup delay 4 s Test voltage input/output 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C Mounting Any Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered

for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and MCR-FL-T-LP-I 2864561 1 voltage sensors

140 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Te m p e ratu re Temperature transducer D W H

IN OUT

1 DC D 5 OUT I C DADC IN 2 6 POWER POWER IN I 3 PT100 OUT Loop-powered, 4 programmable

  Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor –Two-wire transmitter for Output data Pt 100 resistance thermometers Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

– Freely programmable via Load RB (Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output)) MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) Notes: Output signal with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease) The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection. General data

You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza- Supply voltage UB 12 V DC ... 35 V DC tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you Current consumption < 3.5 mA need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s Pickup delay 4 s Test voltage input/output 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C Mounting Any Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered

for Pt 100 resistance thermometer MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I 2864558 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 141 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Te m p e ratu re Temperature head transmitter

IN OUT

3 DC D 1 OUT I C DADC IN 4 2 POWER POWER IN I 5 OUT Loop-powered, 6 programmable

  Ex: 

Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); – Two-wire transmitter for resistance minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; thermometers, thermocouples, resis- minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K tance-type, and voltage sensors Resistor (Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω; – For mounting in the connecting head, minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω) form B Voltage -10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV) – Freely programmable via Output data Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Load RB (Max (Vsupply - 8 V) / 0.025 A (current output))

Notes: Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples) The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection. Output signal with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease) You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza- tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the General data MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Supply voltage UB 8 V DC ... 35 V DC Current consumption < 3.5 mA Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000) Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R) Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω) Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV) Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s Pickup delay 6 s Test voltage input/output 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head) Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C Mounting Any Housing material Polycarbonate, PC Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered

for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and MCR-FL-HT-T-I 2864529 1 voltage sensors

∅44

∅33

3 5 6

∅

2 1

142 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Te m p e ratu re Temperature head transmitter

IN OUT

3 D 1 OUT I C DAIN 4 2 POWER POWER IN I 5 PT100 OUT Loop-powered, 6 programmable

  Ex: 

Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor – Two-wire transmitter for Pt 100 Output data resistance thermometers Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

– For mounting in the connecting head, Load RB (Max (Vsupply - 10 V) / 0.023 A (current output)) form B Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) – Freely programmable via Output signal with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

Notes: General data Supply voltage U 10 V DC ... 35 V DC The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: B Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond.connection. Current consumption < 3.5 mA Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza- Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you Pickup delay 4 s need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Degree of protection IP00, IP54 (integrated in the connecting head) Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C Mounting Any Housing material Polycarbonate, PC Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered

for Pt 100 resistance thermometer MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I 2864516 1

∅44

∅33

3 5 6

∅

2 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 143 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Frequency Frequency transducer D W H

+8,2 V 1 DC 9 +24 V DC Namur DC 2 IN 10 GND 3 f in

4 GND 1 11 SW m NPN C NPN PNP 12 GND 5 PNP Dry 6 U,I Contact +15 V 13 NC IN OUT A D 14 I OUT f,U,I U in 0-10 V A 7 D Programmable, A D 15 U OUT I in for frequencies of up to 120 kHz POWER 0-20 mA 8 D A 16 GND 2

   Ex:  Housing width 45 mm Technical data Input data Frequency input Frequency range 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz – Frequencies up to 120 kHz Input sources NPN/PNP transistor outputs NAMUR initiators – For NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, Floating relay contact (dry contact) frequency generators, and NPN/PNP Frequency generator transistor outputs Transducer supply Approx. 15 V DC / max. 25 mA (constant) Signal level 2 VPP (In case of rectangle 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz) – Analog and switching output 2 VPP (In case of sine 8 Hz ... 120 kHz) 13 VPP (In case of sine 1 Hz ... 120 kHz) – 3-way isolation Maximum input signal 30 V (incl. DC voltage) – Programmable using membrane keypad or Signal form Any software Pulse length ≥ 1 µs Resolution > 12 bit – Display of input or output signal Signal conversion time ≤ 32 ms Input data Isolating amplifier function Notes: Input signal 0 V ... 10 V (freely adjustable) 0 mA ... 20 mA (freely adjustable) Further information about the configuration software can be found on page 149 Maximum input signal 12 V 24 mA 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input resistance 95 kΩ 200 Ω Resolution 14 bit (full-scale) 14 bit (full-scale) Output data U output I output Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA Maximum output signal 12.5 V 25 mA

Load RB ≥ 500 Ω≤ 500 Ω Ripple < 20 mVPP Switching output Transistor output, pnp Switches supply voltage to terminal block SW, can carry a load of 100 mA, not protected against short-circuit

General data

Supply voltage UB 20 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 60 mA (without load, without switching output) Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.15% (of measured value), typ. 0.1% Temperature coefficient 0.015%/K, typ. 0.01%/K ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±25% / ±25% Step response (10 - 90%) < 25 ms Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C (for specified data) Status indication LC display Operating elements Membrane keypad with 3 keys and LCD display

Housing material ASA-PC (V0) Dimensions W / H / D 45 / 75 / 110 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations GL Germanischer Lloyd Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR frequency measuring transducer, for conversion of frequencies into analog signals 0(4)...20 mA, 0...(5)10 V and their inverse signals

MCR-F-UI-DC1) 2814605 1

144 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Connection examples for common frequency transmitters 2-wire DC (mechanical contact) 3-wire DC 3-wire DC • With PNP transistor output • PNP transistor with pull-down resistance bn bn 1 +8,2 V Terminal block 1 1 +8,2 V 1 +8,2 V also possible instead bu 2 NAMUR bu NAMUR NAMUR IN of terminal block 6. 2 2 IN IN bk f IN 3 pnp bk 3 f IN 3 f IN bu 4 GND1 4 GND1 4 GND1 NPN NPN NPN

5 MCR-f-UI-DC 5 MCR-f-UI-DC PNP 5 PNP MCR-f-UI-DC PNP bn 6 +15 V 6 +15 V 6 +15 V 7 U IN 7 U IN 7 U IN 8 I IN 8 I IN 8 I IN

2-wire DC NAMUR sensor • With NPN transistor output • NPN transistor with pull-up resistance

bn bu 1 +8,2 V 1 +8,2 V 1 +8,2 V bu NAMUR bn NAMUR 2 NAMUR 2 2 IN IN IN bk 3 f IN npn bk 3 f IN 3 f IN bu 4 GND1 4 GND1 4 GND1

NPN NPN NPN MCR-f-UI-DC

5 MCR-f-UI-DC 5 5 PNP MCR-f-UI-DC PNP PNP bn 6 +15 V 6 +15 V 6 +15 V 7 U IN 7 U IN 7 U IN 8 I IN 8 I IN 8 I IN

4-wire DC Incremental rotary transducer with push-pull: Incremental rotary transducer with HTL logic: • With PNP transistor output • Supply of the external signaling encoder • Supply of the external signaling encoder bn 1 +8,2 V UB = 5-30 V DC 1 +8,2 V UB = 24 V DC 1 +8,2 V bu NAMUR NAMUR 2 NAMUR 2 IN 2 IN IN pnp bk 3 f IN 3 f IN 3 f IN wh 4 GND1 4 GND1 K1, K2, K0 4 GND1 NPN NPN NPN

5 MCR-f-UI-DC MCR-f-UI-DC 5 PNP 5 PNP MCR-f-UI-DC K1, K2, K0 PNP 6 +15 V 6 +15 V 6 +15 V UB = 0 V DC 7 U IN 7 U IN 7 U IN 8 I IN 8 I IN 8 I IN UB = 0 V

• With NPN transistor output • Supply of the signaling encoder from the module • Supply of the signaling encoder from the module

bu 1 +8,2 V 15 V/25 mA 1 +8,2 V The external supply can 15 V/25 mA 1 +8,2 V be picked off by NAMUR bn 2 NAMUR NAMUR 2 IN 2 IN terminal blocks 9 IN npn bk 3 f IN 3 f IN +24VDC and 0 GND 3 f IN wh as well. 4 GND1 4 GND1 K1, K2, K0 4 GND1 NPN NPN Any 3-way isolation NPN

5 MCR-f-UI-DC 5 MCR-f-UI-DC PNP 5 PNP MCR-f-UI-DC then no longer applies. K1, K2, K0 PNP 6 +15 V 6 +15 V 6 +15 V 7 U IN 7 U IN 7 U IN 8 I IN 8 I IN 8 I IN

Application examples: Application example: Flow measurement +8,2 V 1 DC 9 +24 V The MCR-F-UI-DC frequency C Namur D 2 C 1 GN IN D 0 D transducer converts the pulse signal into an 3 F in 4 11 S GND 1 W μC analog standard signal that provides NPN NPN 12 GN PNP 5 D PNP 24 V r D y 6 15 13 NC information about the numbers of bottles in Contact + V NAMUR sensor A D 14 I OUT U in filling systems recorded in a defined time 0-10 V 7 D A Mains voltage A D 15 U OUT I in unit. 0-20mA 8 D A 16 GND 2 For speed measurements, it is possible to enter the measuring range in revolutions per minute (rpm) and to display the current measured value on the device. Control system The frequency measuring transducer has an automatic measuring range selection function (autorange) to ensure the best Application example: Measurement of revolutions of a drive +8,2 V 1 DC 9 +24 V possible resolution. This permits response Namur DC 2 C 1 GN IN D 0 D times to be reduced to a minimum and the 3 F in 4 11 S GND 1 W μC measured value is optimally adapted to the NPN NPN 12 GND PNP 5 PNP 24 V r D y 6 15 13 NC input value. Contact + V A D 14 I OUT U in 0-10 V 7 D A Mains voltage A D 15 U OUT I in 0-20mA 8 D A 16 GND 2 NAMUR Actuated:  1.2 mA Not actuated:  2.1 mA

Control system

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 145 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Programmable limit value switch

75 45

110 IN ,U,I,R OUT MCR-PSP-DC POWER

 

(+)24 VDC 1 - 9 MM POWER 0000 (-) GND 2 - 10 shield IN – For thermocouple sensors, resistance D 11 I(±) thermometers, and linear resistors 12 3 11 4 μC 12 U(±) 13 GND ( – For current or voltage signals 14 5 A ±) – Four independently adjustable switching OUT 14 U(-) thresholds 22 6 15 U(+) 21 7 E 16 I – With or without electrical isolation of 24 8 input signals – Programming via membrane keypad or MCR-PICONF-WIN software Technical data – Continuous measured value display Input data Input sources Resistance thermometer 2, 3 or 4-conductor system (according to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 751 or SAMA RC 21-4-1966), e.g., PT sensors, Ni sensors, etc. Further information about the configuration software can be found Thermocouple sensors (according to DIN IEC 584-1/DIN 43710): on page 149 B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U Resistance: 0 kΩ ... 8 kΩ (only 2-conductor connection) 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Current: - 30 mA...+30 mA Voltage: - 30 V...+30 V Measuring rate 2 Hz Input resistance Current / voltage 50 Ω / 200 kΩ Discontinuous control resolution 0.1°C / 0.01 V / 0.01 mA / 0.1 Ω Switching output Contact type 2 x PDT contact, / 2 switching points each, pick-up/drop-out (can be switched) Contact material AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated) Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC Maximum switching current 2 A AC Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles Response delay 0 s ... 2 s (adjustable) Status indication LED display General data

Supply voltage UB 20 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 60 mA Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of final value) Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01%/K Test voltage input/power supply 1 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Status indication 5-position 7-segment display and LEDs Mounting Any Housing material ABS Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada cULus

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR threshold value switch, with two relay contacts

With electrically isolated input MCR-PSP-DC1) 2811925 1 MCR-PSP1) 2811912 1

146 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Limit values, threshold value switch D W H

IN OUT

IN I/U 1 7 OUT A GND 1 2 A B C 8 OUT B 0 IN GND 1 3 9 OUT C IN U,I 3x OUT 12 4 10 + 24VDC 11 5 11 GND 2 For either standard voltage or POWER 14 6 12 GND 2 standard current signals

  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data

Input data MCR-SWS-U1) MCR-SWS-I1) Input signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – 0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA input Maximum input signal 11 V 22 mA –Relay/transistor output Input resistance ≥ 100 kΩ≤ 120 Ω Limit value setting Setting potentiometer, scaled 270° potentiometer – Limit indicator Setting range of the limit value 0 V ... 10 V 0 A ... 20 mA – Adjustable hysteresis Setting range for the hysteresis 0.1 V ... 10 V 0.2 mA ... 20 mA – Monitoring of three signal statuses (setting accuracy: ±30 mV) (setting accuracy: ±60 µA) Internal hysteresis ±30 mV (around the lower/upper ±60 µA (around the lower/upper Notes: switching point) switching point) 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Switching output Transistor output, pnp Number of outputs 3 Output voltage 20 V DC ... 30 V DC Continuous load current 100 mA Switching output Relay output Contact type 1 PDT Contact material AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated) Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (30 V DC) Maximum switching current 2 A Mechanical service life 107 cycles Error/status indicator General data

Supply voltage UB 20 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption Typ. 60 mA Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.02%/K Step response (10 - 90%) < 25 ms Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Mounting Any Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR threshold value switch, with adjustable hysteresis and relay/transistor output Input: 0..0.10 V MCR-SWS-U1) 2766465 1 Input: 0(4) - 20 mA MCR-SWS-I1) 2766478 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 147 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Setpoint value potentiometer D W H

Uref IN OUT

U 10 V Sw 0V 0V

 Housing width 30 mm Technical data Input data EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN EMG 30-SP-10K LIN Resistance value 4.7 kΩ ±20% 10 kΩ ±20% – For direct setpoint definition in combina- Linearity 5% (of final value) 5% (of final value)

tion with a constant voltage source Load capacity 1 W 0.5 W Notes: General data Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 40°C 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Mounting Any Housing material Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F Dimensions W / H / D 30 / 75 / 68 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually

Resistance value 4.7 kΩ EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 2940252 10 Resistance value 10 kΩ EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2942124 10 Accessories MCR constant voltage source With screw connection MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1) 2902822 1 With spring-cage connection MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1) 2902823 1

148 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Accessories Configuration software package

The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable MCR measuring transducers. – Straightforward menu interface – Rapid programming

Notes: The software runs under the following operating systems: Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-, MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1

Accessories Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets MCR-ET 38X35 WH 2814317 1 DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces.)

USB adapter cable Software adapter cable

The following adapter cables are available for programming: – USB adapter cable – Interface converter

The following modules are supported: – MCR-T-UI(-E)... –MCR-F-UI-DC –MCR-PSP... – MCR-FL-T-LP-I Data cable – MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I – MCR-FL-HT-T-I Ordering data – MCR-SL-HT-PT100-I Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. USB adapter cable, D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1 Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules

MCR-TTL-RS232-E 2814388 1 Software adapter cable (6-pos./D-SUB 25-pos.), 1.5 m length, for programming MCR-PSP modules

MCR-TTL-RS232 2814391 1 Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection, for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules

MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 1 Accessories Adapter cable, stranded, PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 1 9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 149 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog IN standard signals

10 VDC/30 mA 1 - GND 1 2 -

μC GND 1 3

LATCH 4

N U 00000 I ,I I 5 A IN GND 2 6 D 0000 U 7 For standard analog signals, programmable POWER

  Housing width 48 mm Technical data Input data U input I input Input signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA – For 0 ... 10 V and 0(4) ... 20 mA standard Maximum input signal 30 V DC 50 mA Input resistance > 1 MΩ (approx. 100 Ω with 5 mA / analog signals approx. 70 Ω with 20 mA) – Programmable Resolution 1 mV 2 µA – 5 positions displayed Measuring rate 0.5 to 2 measurements/second Input latch signal Display stop – 8 mm LED, 7-segment Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 4 V DC ... 30 V DC – Galvanically isolated 0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 2 V DC – Min./max. value saving Output data Display 7-segment LED; 8 mm; red – Freely programmable decimal point Number of the displayed positions 5 display Accuracy < 0.1% ±1 digit (At an ambient temperature of 20°C)

– Latch/hold function for storing the display General data

value Supply voltage UB 10 V DC ... 30 V DC – Display 48 x 24 mm Current consumption 50 mA Data memory EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years

Resolution A/D 14 bit System hum suppression Digital filtering 50/60 Hz

Test voltage input/power supply 500 Vrms (50/60 Hz, 1 min.) Degree of protection IP65 from the front Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 50°C Housing material Macrolon 2405 Dimensions W / H / D 48 / 24 / 68 mm Control panel cutout 22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR digital display, for measurement and display of standard signals MCR-SL-D-U-I 2864011 1 Accessories MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 1

max. 19,3

150 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays Analog OUT setpoint adjuster

+10...30 V 1 DC GND 1 2 DC

HOLD 4 GND 2 3 7 0...12 V Uref C U OUT 0000 µ Iref OUT 6 GND 3 D I OUT IN 0000 A 5 0...24 mA With manual and automatic ramp function POWER

 Housing width 48 mm Technical data Input data Display 7-segment, 8 mm, red – Manual setpoint definition with step Number of the displayed positions 4 width setting Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 4 V DC ... 30 V DC 0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 2 V DC – Manual setpoint definition via direct input Output data U output I output – Automatic setpoint definition with hold Output signal 0 ... 12 V 0 ... 24 mA function and 20 support points Length of step 10 mV 10 µA Load RB ≥ 2 kΩ≤ 500 Ω (Up to 20 mA) – Highly adjustable 0 ... 12 V or 0 ... 24 mA ≤ 400 Ω (> 20 mA) Ripple ≤ 10 mV signal ranges PP General data

– Data backup in case of a power failure Supply voltage UB 10 V DC ... 30 V DC – Display value parameterization Power consumption 1 W (With 24 mA/12 V) Maximum transmission error < 0.2% ((full-scale) at rated voltage) – Electrical isolation between output and Test voltage output/power supply 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) supply Degree of protection IP65 from the front Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C Housing material Macrolon 2405 Dimensions W / H / D 48 / 24 / 68 mm Control panel cutout 45(+0.6)x22.2(+0.3) mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR digital setpoint encoder, for presetting current and voltage signals MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI 2710314 1 Accessories MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 1

max.19,3

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 151 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Highly compact – leading technology such as UL and GOST are available. Digital IN MACX Analog Ex – single- and two-chan- NAMUR isolating amplifiers for the intrin- nel signal isolating amplifiers for intrinsically Choose the right MACX Analog Ex sically safe operation of proximity sensors safe circuits in the Ex area. isolating amplifier for your applica- and switches. MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers en- tion: Digital OUT sure maximum system safety and explosion Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe protection within a minimum amount of Analog IN operation of solenoid valves and alarm space. With a design width of just 12.5 mm, Measuring transducer repeater power transmitters. this comprehensive range for analog signal supply and input isolating amplifier for the conditioning is approved according to ATEX intrinsically safe operation of 2-wire trans- and IECEx and consistently SIL-certified. mitters, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and current sources. Maximum explosion protection for all Analog OUT Ex zones and gas groups Output isolating amplifiers for the intrin- Many process technology systems have sically safe operation of control valves, I/P areas where potentially explosive atmo- converters, and displays. spheres may occur. As such, measuring and Te m p e r a t u re control circuits are usually designed with in- Configurable temperature transducers trinsic safety protection type Ex i. DIN rail connector-compatible for the intrinsically safe operation of resis- The DIN rail connector enables the MACX Analog Ex i isolating amplifiers and tance thermometers, remote resistance- measuring transducers isolate intrinsically modular bridging of the 24 V supply type sensors, thermocouples, and mV voltage. safe circuits from non-intrinsically safe cir- sources – with safe limit value relays as an cuits and safely limit the energy supplied to option. the Ex area. Furthermore, they handle ex- tensive signal conditioning tasks. Wide-range power supply All MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers The modules featuring a wide-range are approved in accordance with the appli- power supply (...-UP) can be used in cable ATEX and IECEx standards: all power supply networks the – [Ex ia] – for intrinsically safe circuits up to world over without the need for ad- Ex zone 0 and Ex zone 20 ditional power supply units. – Ex n – for installing devices in Ex zone 2 – In addition, relevant national approvals

152 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Significant space savings Easy-maintenance connection method: Flexible power bridging and diagnostics – Housing width of just 12.5 mm for all sin- – Plug-in connection terminal blocks with – Supply voltage bridging and the option of gle- and two-channel 24 V devices. Saves screw connection or fast push-in technol- redundant, diode-decoupled supply and up to 45% of space, when compared to ogy – coded, with integrated sockets. error indication. design widths up to 22.5 mm.

Easy configuration and monitoring Easy configuration Precise transmission, long service life – Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly – Without software via DIP switches on the – Patented circuit concepts ensure precise stand-alone software – with integrated device front or with the operator inter- transmission and minimal self-heating. monitoring function. face and display unit.

High operational reliability Safe and reliable functions Fast and error-free signal connection – High operational reliability, thanks to safe – Consistent SIL certification. This ensures – Compact termination carriers connect 3-way electrical isolation. the highest level of reliability and safety MACX Analog Ex devices to the automa- for your systems. tion system – plug and play.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 153 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Facts about explosion protection

The chemical and petrochemical industries involve industrial processes which pro- duce explosive atmospheres. They are caused, for example, by gases, fumes or vapors. Explosive atmospheres are also likely to occur in mills, silos, and sugar and fodder factories due to the dust present there. Therefore, electrical devices in potentially explosive areas are subject to special directives.

Devices and protective systems in potentially explosive areas European Parliament directive 94/9/EC of March 23, 1994 (ATEX manufacturer directive) is of particular importance within CENELEC (European Community and Western European EFTA states). It is designed to facilitate the harmonization of le- gal provisions in the member states of the European Union for devices and protective Components are defined as those parts to occur, excluding mines susceptible to systems in terms of ensuring correct use in that are necessary for ensuring the safe op- firedamp. potentially explosive areas. Directive eration of devices and protective systems, This also includes devices for the chemi- 94/9/EC must be applied to all explosion- but do not perform an autonomous func- cal, petrochemical, and pharmaceutical in- protected devices and protective systems tion in themselves. dustries as well as for waste water treat- placed on the market in the European European directives are implemented in ment. Union. ordinances or laws at a national level. Electrical devices are further divided into The scope of this directive also includes subcategories according to the properties safety, monitoring, and control devices Systems in potentially explosive areas of the explosive atmosphere. which are used outside of potentially explo- Directive 1999/92/EC (ATEX Operator In the case of the intrinsic safety protec- sive areas, but which are necessary for, or Directive) was passed in Europe to regulate tion type, classification is based on the min- contribute towards, the safe operation of the operation of systems in potentially ex- imum ignition energy of the gas or vapor. plosive areas. devices and protective systems with respect Ignition energy/J to explosion hazards. Designation Typical gas Intrinsic safety Terminology associated with the Ex area The term device includes machines, II A Propane > 180 Explosive atmosphere II B Ethylene 60 ... 180 equipment, stationary or mobile devices, A mixture of combustible gases, steam, vapors or dust and air in atmo- II C Hydrogen < 60 control components, and system accesso- spheric conditions that allow the entire mixture to combust once ig- nited. ries. The directive also covers alarm and Potentially explosive area Group III: protection systems which are meant to be An area where the atmosphere has the potential to explode due to local or operational conditions (“Ex area”). Electrical devices for operation in areas used, either individually or in combination, Electrical equipment The entire set of components, electric circuits or parts of electric cir- where explosive dust atmospheres are likely for the generation, transmission, storage, cuits that are usually located within a single housing. to occur, excluding mines susceptible to measurement, control, and conversion of Intrinsically safe electrical equipment An electrical device in which all circuits are intrinsically safe. firedamp. energy as well as for processing materials Note: these devices may be used directly in the Ex area. This includes devices for areas associated and which have the potential to ignite and Associated equipment Electrical devices that contain both intrinsically safe and non-intrinsical- with the food industry (mills, silos), for ex- cause an explosion. ly safe circuits and that are designed in such a way that the non-intrin- ample. Protective systems are devices de- sically safe circuits cannot influence the intrinsically safe ones. Note: associated electrical equipment must not be used directly in po- Electrical devices are further divided into signed to stop an incipient explosion imme- tentially explosive areas without additional protection defined by a further protection type. subcategories according to the properties diately and/or restrict the area affected by of the explosive atmosphere. the explosion, and which are placed on the Classification into groups market separately as autonomous systems. Designation Dusts The general stipulations of EN 60079-0 divide electrical devices for potentially ex- III A Combustible flyings III B Non-conductive dust plosive areas into three groups. III C Conductive dust Group I: Electrical devices for firedamp areas (mines) which are susceptible to pit gases (methane) and/or combustible dusts (coal dust).

Group II: Electrical devices for operation in areas where explosive gas atmospheres are likely

154 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Classification into temperature classes Zone classification Categories

Simply dividing the various gases into ex- Potentially explosive areas are divided The ATEX Directive assigns devices for plosion or gas groups according to their into zones according to the probability of use in potentially explosive areas to catego- minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1 stan- ries. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment Protection describe the gases adequately with regard dard defines the zones containing explo- Level (EPL)” is the term used instead of to their explosive properties. sive atmospheres as follows: “category”. A gas may explode either when the igni- In the same way that there are different tion energy is exceeded or where there is Zone 0: zones, there are also different device cate- an excessively high temperature caused by a Area in which an explosive atmosphere is gories. These consist of categories M1 and hot surface. This ignition temperature is, present for continuous or long periods. M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and 3 for however, not usually linked to the ignition These conditions are usually present in- Group II. The categories for equipment energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy side containers, pipelines, apparatus, and group II are described in more detail be- does not necessarily explode at a low tem- tanks. low: perature. Consequently, devices that are Zone 1: used directly in potentially explosive atmo- Area in which an explosive atmosphere is Category 1: spheres are divided into temperature class- to be expected only occasionally during Devices constructed to guarantee a very es. Temperature classes define the maxi- normal operation. high degree of safety. mum surface temperature even in the event This includes the immediate area sur- Devices in this category must guarantee of errors. Parallel to this, the gases are clas- rounding zone 0, as well as areas close to the required degree of safety even in the un- sified according to their different ignition filling and emptying equipment. likely event of a device failure and therefore temperatures. Zone 2: be provided with measures to protect Area in which an explosive atmosphere is against explosion, so that: Temperature class Maximum permis- Ignition tempera- sible surface tures of combustible not expected during normal operation; – In the event of one integrated protection temperature of substances equipment however, if it does occur, then it does so measure failing, a second, independent

°C °C only rarely and for a short period. protection measure is able to guarantee Zone 2 includes areas that are used exclu- the necessary safety. T 1 450 > 450 T 2 300 > 300  450 sively for storage, areas around pipe con- – In the event of two independent errors, T 3 200 > 200  300 nections that can be disconnected, and gen- the necessary safety is guaranteed. T 4 135 > 135  200 erally the immediate area surrounding T 5 100 > 100  135 zone 1. Category 2: T 6 85 > 85  100 Devices constructed to guarantee a very The following table provides an overview Areas that are potentially explosive as a high degree of safety. of the ignition energies and ignition temper- result of combustible dusts are divided The explosion protection measures asso- atures for certain gases: into the following zones according to EN ciated with this category guarantee the re- Tempera- 60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10): quired degree of safety, even in the case of Substance Tign ture Emin Group class frequent device failures or common error Ethoxyethane 170 T 4 190 II B Zone 20: states. Ethylene 425 T 2 82 II B Area in which an explosive atmosphere is Ammonia 630 T 1 14000 II A present for continuous, frequent or long pe- Category 3: Butane 365 T 2 250 II A riods in the form of an airborne cloud of Devices constructed to guarantee a stan- Methane 595 T 1 280 I Propane 470 T 1 250 II A combustible dust. dard degree of safety. Carbon disulfide 95 T 6 9 II C Zone 21: Devices in this category guarantee an ad- Hydrogen 560 T 1 16 II C Area in which an explosive atmosphere in equate degree of safety in normal opera- the form of an airborne cloud of combusti- tion. ble dust is to be expected only occasionally The table below shows which categories during normal operation. are assigned to which zones: Zone 22: Area in which an explosive atmosphere in Category For Zone Also possible 0 1 and 2 the form of an airborne cloud of combusti- 1 20 21 and 22 ble dust is not expected during normal op- 2 1 2 eration. However, if it does occur, then it 21 22 2 does so only for a short period. 3 22

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 155 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Protection types

Protection principle Protection type Area of application (selection) Standard

Oil immersion o Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices EN 60079-6

Isolation Sand filling q Transformers, relays, capacitors EN 60079-5

Molded encapsulation m* Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems EN 60079-18

Exclusion Pressurized enclosure p Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers EN 60079-2

Special mechanical design Flameproof enclosure d Motors, switching devices, power electronics EN 60079-1

Clearance from electrically conductive parts Increased safety e Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors EN 60079-7

Intrinsic safety Electronics, measurement and control EN 60079-11

Energy limitation Intrinsically safe systems i* Electronic systems EN 60079-25

Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems Fieldbus systems EN 60079-27

Improved industrial quality nA: non-sparking nC: sparking equipment Protection type “n” n** Motors, housing, lights, electronics EN 60079-15 nR: restricted breathing housing nL: energy-limited nP: simplified pressurized enclosures

* ia, ma: application in zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in zone 2 only ** Application in zone 2 only

Marking according to Designation according to EC-type examination certificate ATEX Directive EN 60079-0

Current year of manufacture Associated electrical equipment Conformity assessment according to ATEX Directive 94/9/EC

Associated electrical equipment Intrinsic safety 10 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC IBExU 08 ATEX 1069 0344 Increased safety 10 II 2 G Ex e IIC T6 Gb 0344 Certificate number

Equipment protection level (EPL) Atmosphere (Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc) (G = Gas, D = Dust) Type-tested according to 94/9/EC Temperature class, Equipment category for equipment used directly (1, 2, 3) in the Ex area (T1 ... T6) Year of EC-type examination certificate Equipment group Gas group (I, II) (IIA, IIB, IIC) or Dust group Notified body (IIIA, IIIB, IIIC) Notified body, production monitoring (e.g., KEMA) Protection type (ia, ib, ic, e, d, ...)

Explosion-protected  mark does not apply to components.

156 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Solenoid drivers for controlling sole- Below is an extract from a table showing Example circuit noid valves possible combinations of valves and solenoid drivers. In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i A complete and updated list (along with Ex area Safe area solenoid valves, you have to have an intrin- details of the technical data of suitable sically safe control circuit. This is provided valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the by the solenoid drivers that are available maximum cable resistances of the individual from Phoenix Contact. combinations) can be found on the Internet The following must be taken into account at: when dimensioning your intrinsically safe www.phoenixcontact.net/products PLC control circuit: –Valve – Cable with corresponding resistance Intrinsically safe equipment Associated equipment, e.g., – Solenoid driver  II 1 G MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-... As a result, it may be the case that not all Ex ia IIB T6  II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC valves are compatible with the solenoid drivers.

Valves overview INTERFACE Ex solenoid driver

MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- Manufacturer Type designation Ex certificate Condition SL-SD-21-25-LP SL-SD-21-40-LP SL-SD-24-48-LP SL-SD-21-60-LP ASCO Coil 195 LCIE 08 ATEX 6083 Coil 302 (12 V) INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X Coil 302 (24 V) INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X Bürkert Coil AC 10, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2101 Coil AC 10, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2101 Coil AC 21, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2175 700 mW / 65°C Coil AC 21, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2175 700 mW / 65°C Coil AC 21, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2175 900 mW / 45°C Coil AC 21, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2175 900 mW / 45°C Coil AC 21, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2175 900 mW / 60°C Coil AC 21, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2175 900 mW / 60°C Coil G1 642735, standard 600 mW / 50°C Coil G1 642735, high-resistance 600 mW / 50°C Coil G1 642735, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2173 800 mW / 40°C Coil G1 642735, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2173 800 mW / 40°C Coil G1 642735, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2173 1000 mW / 40°C Coil G1 642735, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2173 1000 mW / 40°C FESTO Coil MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 PTB 03 ATEX 2097 Coil (J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 PTB 03 ATEX 2097 Norgren Herion Coil 2050 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 Coil 2051 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 Coil 2052 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 Coil 2053 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 Coil 2085 PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U Coil 2086 PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U Coil 3039 PTB 03 ATEX 2134 Coil 2003 PTB 04 ATEX 2010 Hörbiger Piezo P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65 DMT 01 ATEX E026X 30 V type Piezo P20 381RF-NG-CPN61 DMT 01 ATEX E025X 30 V type Parker Coil VZ07 488650.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X Coil VZ33 494035.10 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X Coil VZ08 488660.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X Coil VZ09 488670.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X Coil VZ95 482160.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X EEx ia IIB T6 Coil VZ23 482870.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X Samson Coil 3701-11 (6 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178 Coil 3701-12 (12 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178 Coil 3701-13 (24 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178 Coil 3963-11 (6 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085 Coil 3963-12 (12 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085 Coil 3963-13 (24 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085 Coil 3964-11 (6 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047 Coil 3964-12 (12 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047 Coil 3964-13 (24 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047 Coil 3965-11 (6 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X Coil 3965-12 (12 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X Coil 3965-13 (24 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X Coil 3967-11 (6 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027 Coil 3967-12 (12 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027 Coil 3967-13 (24 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027 Seitz Pilot valve PV 12F73 Ci oH PTB 99 ATEX 2146 Pilot valve PV 12F73 Xi oH PTB 00 ATEX 2030 Pilot valve PV 12F73 Xi oH-2 PTB 00 ATEX 2030 Solenoid 11 G 52 PTB 01 ATEX 2020

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 157 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Safety-related function for the Ex area The term SIL (safety integrity level) is be- coming more and more significant in the field of process technology. It defines the requirements that a device or a system is expected to fulfill so that the failure probability can be specified. The aim is to achieve maximum possible operational reliability. If a device or system fails, a defined state is at- tained. Standard-based inspections are car- ried out to determine statistical probability.

Application of SIL on the basis of EN 61508 and EN 61511 The SIL standard is used for a wide range of industries within the process industry, including the chemical industry, refineries, oil and gas production, paper manufacturing, and conventional power generation. In addition to functional safety requirements, systems in potentially explosive areas are also subject to Ex standards EN 60079-0 ff.

EN 61508: “Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems” This standard describes the requirements that the manufacturer has to bear in mind when producing devices or systems.

EN 61511: “Functional safety - Safety instrumented systems for the process industry sector” Standard EN 61511 describes the require- SIL marking on devices ments for achieving systems with functional safety. The products in the MACX range from be used, you need to calculate the sum of Compliance with the standard is deter- Phoenix Contact, which have been devel- the probability failure values for all the de- mined by operators, owners, and planners oped in accordance with EN 61508, are vices in the signal circuit. The values re- on the basis of safety plans and national reg- marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3. quired for this can be found in the safety ulations. In addition, the standard also de- This indicates clearly that the devices may manual accompanying any SIL product. scribes the requirements for using a device be suitable for safety instrumented func- in an application on the basis of its proven tions (SIF). effectiveness (proven in use). To determine whether they can actually

Overview of terms from SIL standards EN 61508 and EN 61511

Safety integrity level Electrical/electronic/programmable electronic SIL E/E/PES systems One of four discrete levels for the specification of re- This term is used for all electrical devices or systems quirements for the safety integrity of safety instrument- which can be used to execute a safety instrumented ed functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE safety function. It includes simple electrical devices and all types instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest and SIL of programmable logic controllers (PLCs). 1 the lowest level. PFH Probability of dangerous failure per hour Equipment under control Describes the probability of a dangerous failure occur- EUC Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in pro- ring per hour. duction, materials processing or transport. SFF Safe failure fraction Mean Time Between Failures Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the MTBF The expected mean time between failures. ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of Probability of failure on demand the system. PFD The probability of a failure on demand. Describes the probability of a safety instrumented sys- SIF Safety instrumented function tem failing to perform its function when required. Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system. Average probability of failure on demand SIS Safety instrumented system PFDavg The average probability of the function failing on de- An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or mand. more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement is applicable for each of these safety instrumented functions.

158 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex SIL inspection A system with a single-channel structure The INTERFACE Analog and INTERFACE The complete signal path must be taken with a low demand rate is used as an exam- Ex product ranges include products that into account during the SIL inspection. The ple; for SIL 2 the average PFD value is be- meet the requirements for explosion pro- example shows how in a typical safety appli- tween 10-3 and < 10-2. tection as well as functional safety. cation the calculation is based on average Operating mode with a low demand rate failure probabilities of individual devices. Safety integrity Table 2 of standard EN 61508-1 describes level (average probability of the specified function failing SIL on demand) the relationship between the average failure probability and the attainable SIL. Here, the 4  10-5 to < 10-4 level required determines the overall budget 3  10-4 to < 10-3 for the sum of all PFD values. 2  10-3 to < 10-2 1  10-2 to < 10-1

Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is operated in an operating mode with a low demand rate.

Example: Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit A sensor and actuator are assembled in the field and are exposed to chemical and Digital Digital physical loads (process medium, pressure, Sensor input output Actuator temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly, Sensor Analog Controller Analog Actuator these components have a high risk of failure: input output – The sensor accounts for 25% of the overall PFD – The actuator accounts for 40% of the overall PFD

Neither the failsafe controller nor the interface modules come into contact with the process medium and both are usually located in a protected control cabinet: PFD1 PFD2 PFD3 PFD4 PFD5 – The failsafe controller accounts for 15% of 10% 10% the overall PFD Signal path Signal path – Each of the interface modules accounts for 10% of the overall PFD 35% 15% 50% Sensors and signal path SPLC Actuator and signal path Typically, the values form the basis for a calculation.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 159 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Repeater power supply, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS AI passive - 4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2

+ + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

2.2 - 2.1 5.2 5.2 2.1 - W active 250 + POWER + GND 3.2 II OUT 5.1 5.1 1.2 IN +24V - 1.1 2.2 Repeater power supply and Power POWER input isolating amplifier GND +24V + Zone 0,1,2 2.1 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2  Ex:    // Applied for: GL Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Repeater power supply and input isolating Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA) amplifier for the operation of intrinsically Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) Output data safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc- Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) and mA current sources installed in Ex ar- 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) eas. Load < 600 Ω Output ripple < 20 mVrms General data – 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (powered or not powered) Current consumption < 60 mA (at 24 V DC) Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) – 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive) Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value) communication signals Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Under-/overload range as per NE 43 nection method, with integrated sockets Electrical isolation for HART communicators Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to in- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) crease the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – 3-way electrical isolation Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Power supply via DIN rail connector Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) possible Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) SMART communication Yes – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications – Installation in zone 2 permitted Protocols supported HART Housing material PA 66-FR Notes: Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 found from page 182 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Safety data as per ATEX Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Maximum voltage Uo 25.2 V Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Maximum current Io 93 mA can be found from page 184 Maximum power Po 587 mW

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input

Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I1) 2865340 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1) 2924016 1

160 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Repeater power supply, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS AI passive - 4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2 OUT 1 + + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

OUT1 2.2 passive OUT 2 - 2.2 I 5.2 - 5.2 2.1 + POWER + GND 2.1 IIOUT2 5.1 5.1 1.2 IN +24V 1.1 Repeater power supply and Power POWER input isolating amplifier, GND +24V with two electrically isolated outputs Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2 Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA Repeater power supply and input isolating Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA) amplifier for the operation of intrinsically Voltage drop < 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) Output data safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc- Output signal (Per output) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, Load < 450 Ω (at 20 mA) Output ripple < 20 mVrms and mA current sources installed in Ex ar- General data eas. Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) Current consumption < 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA) Power dissipation < 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA) – 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K (powered or not powered) Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) – Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value) Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) (active) outputs Under-/overload range as per NE 43 – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Electrical isolation communication signals (both outputs) Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, nection method, with integrated sockets safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) for HART communicators Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – 4-way electrical isolation Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – Power supply via DIN rail connector Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) possible Status indication Green LED (PWR supply voltage) SMART communication (Per output) Yes – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Protocols supported HART – Installation in zone 2 permitted Housing material PA 66-FR Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Notes: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Safety data as per ATEX

found from page 182 Maximum voltage Uo 25.2 V Maximum current I 93 mA Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 o Maximum power Po 587 mW Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Maximum voltage U 253 V AC (125 V DC) can be found from page 184 m Conformance / approvals 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input

Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I1) 2865366 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1) 2924236 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 161 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Repeater power supply, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS AI passive - 4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2 CH1 active CH1 + + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

HHT HHT

passive - 5.2 - 5.2 2.2 2.2 POWER CH2 active CH2 II OUT + + IN 5.1 5.1 2.1 2.1 HHT POWER GND HHT II OUT 1.2 IN +24V 2-channel repeater power supply 1.1 Power POWER GND +24V Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Per channel Input signal 4 mA ... 20 mA Repeater power supply for the operation Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA) of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor mea- Underload/overload signal range 0 mA ... 24 mA Output data Per channel suring transducers installed in the Ex area. Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) Load 450 Ω (at 20 mA) Underload/overload signal range 0 mA ... 24 mA – 2-channel General data – 4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered) Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) – 4 ... 20 mA output (active) Current consumption < 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA) Power dissipation < 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K communication signals Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value) Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) nection method, with integrated sockets Electrical isolation for HART communicators Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Safe 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Power supply via DIN rail connector safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) possible Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) Notes: SMART communication Yes Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found Protocols supported HART from page 182 Housing material PA 66-FR Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 can be found from page 184 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum voltage Uo 25.2 V Maximum current Io 93 mA

Maximum power Po 587 mW

Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Repeater power supply, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input

Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I 2865382 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP 2924676 1

162 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog IN Repeater power supply with wide range power supply, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS AI

passive 4.2 - 4.3 3.3 - S2 3.2 + 4.1 4.2 250 W 3.2 + 3.1 S1 4.1 3.1

250 4.3 active - - 3.3 POWER + OUT 4.2 1.2 II 24...230 V N ~– + I AC/DC 3.2 1.1 Repeater power supply and POWER input isolating amplifier, wide-range power supply Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2  Ex:    // Applied for: GL Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Repeater power supply and input isolating Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA) amplifier for the operation of intrinsically Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation) Output data safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc- Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active) ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) and mA current sources installed in Ex ar- 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) eas. 1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) Load < 600 Ω (I output) Output ripple < 20 mV – 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] rms General data (powered or not powered) Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) – Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive), Current consumption < 80 mA (at 24 V DC) 0/1...5 V, can be switched via the Power dissipation < 1.6 W Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K DIP switch Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value) Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) communication signals Under-/overload range as per NE 43 – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Electrical isolation nection method, with integrated sockets Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, for HART communicators surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) DIP switches to increase the HART im- Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) pedance in the case of low-impedance Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) systems Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) – 3-way electrical isolation Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) – Wide-range power supply: SMART communication Yes Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Protocols supported HART – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Notes: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Information on marking material can be found on page 127 Safety data as per ATEX

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Maximum voltage Uo 25.2 V Maximum current I 93 mA 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 o Maximum power Po 587 mW

Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input

Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1) 2865793 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1) 2924029 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 163 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Analog OUT Output isolating amplifier, Ex-i

Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC/DCS AO

- 4 2 4 2 3 2 3 2 -

P . - . . . + + + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

- 4.2

+ II 4.1 GND OUT IN - 1 2 4.2 .

+ +24V 4.1 1.1 POWER Power

Zone 0,1,2 GND +24V Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2   Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Output isolating amplifier for controlling Input voltage 5.4 V (at 20 mA) intrinsically safe (Ex-i) I/P converters, Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output > 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault) Output data control valves, and indicators installed in Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Ex areas. Load < 800 Ω (at 20 mA) Output ripple < 20 mVrms General data – 0/4...20 mA input Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – 0/4...20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC Current consumption < 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K communication signals Step response (10 - 90%) < 140 µs – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value) Electrical isolation nection method, with integrated sockets Input/output/power supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 V (Rated insulation voltage, for HART communicators rms surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Line fault detection (LF) safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – 3-way electrical isolation Output/input 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Power supply via DIN rail connector Output/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) possible Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) – Installation in zone 2 permitted SMART communication Yes Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications Notes: Protocols supported HART Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Housing material PA 66-FR as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 found from page 182 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Safety data as per ATEX can be found from page 184 Maximum voltage Uo 27.7 V Maximum current Io 92 mA

Maximum power Po 633 mW

Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Output isolating amplifier, smart, output intrinsically safe

Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I 2865405 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP 2924032 1

164 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Temperature transducer, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS AI

- 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 ϑ ϑ ϑ μC μC passive + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

5.2 5.2

5.1 5.1

N OUT GND I I 1.2 +24V 1.1 For resistance thermometers and Power POWER resistance-type sensors GND +24V Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Div. 1,2 Div. 2   Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor Programmable temperature transducer Resistor 0 Ω ... 2000 Ω for intrinsically safe operation of resistance Cable resistance 50 Ω per line Sensor input current (200 μA ... 1 mA) thermometers and resistance-type sensors Measuring range span min. 50 K installed in Ex areas. The measured values Output data Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or Load max. 500 Ω 4 ... 20 mA signal. Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined

Output ripple < 50 µAPP General data – Input for resistance thermometers and Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia] Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC) – 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output Power dissipation < 1 W Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL) Sensor type, connection method, mea- max. 1200 ms (With SIL) Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL) suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm max. 1100 ms (Without SIL) signal, and output range Transmission error, total 0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05% ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5% – Programming during operation with Ex Electrical isolation measuring circuit connected and also volt- Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, programming adapter safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) sensor, and module errors Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – 3-way electrical isolation Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation) Status indication Green LED (supply voltage, PWR) – Power supply via DIN rail connector Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR) possible Red LED (module error, ERR) Housing material PA 66-FR – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Notes: Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Safety data as per ATEX desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167 Maximum voltage Uo 6 V Maximum current I 6.3 mA The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet o Maximum power P 9.4 mW (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). o Conformance / approvals Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC found from page 182   II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119  II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 184 UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Temperature measuring transducers for resistance thermometers, intrinsically safe input Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I1) 2865939 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP1) 2924142 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC1) 2865573 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1) 2924168 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 165 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Temperature transducer, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC/DCS AI

- 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 - μC μC passive + + 4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

N OUT GND I I 1.2 +24V 1.1 For thermocouples and mV sources Power POWER GND +24V Zone 0,1,2 Zone 2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Div. 2   Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Thermocouple sensors E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760 Programmable temperature transducer Voltage -20 mV ... 70 mV for intrinsically safe operation of thermo- Measuring range span (Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources) couples and mV sources installed in Ex areas. The measured values are converted Output data Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA signal. Load max. 500 Ω Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined

Output ripple < 50 µAPP – Input for thermocouples and mV sources, General data [Ex ia] Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation < 1 W – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K Sensor type, connection method, mea- Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL) max. 1200 ms (With SIL) suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL) signal, and output range max. 1100 ms (Without SIL) Transmission error, total 0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05% – Programming during operation with Ex Cold junction errors ±1 K measuring circuit connected and also volt- ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5% age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER Electrical isolation Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

programming adapter 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) sensor, and module errors – 3-way electrical isolation Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Power supply via DIN rail connector Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) possible Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation) Status indication Green LED (supply voltage, PWR) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Red LED (module error, ERR) Housing material PA 66-FR Notes: Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Safety data as per ATEX The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet Maximum voltage U 6 V (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). o Maximum current Io 4.7 mA Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Maximum power P 7 mW as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be o Maximum voltage U 253 V AC (125 V DC) found from page 182 m Conformance / approvals For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC can be found from page 184  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Temperature measuring transducers for thermocouples, intrinsically safe input Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I1) 2865942 1 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC1) 2865586 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface

166 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Order key and temperature ranges for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer

Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level Connection Measuring range: Measuring Output range Filter Filter (SIL) technology Start End unit Oversampling Moving average value

2865939 / PT100 / ON / 3 / 0 / 100 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...

2865939 = see below ON = active 2 = 2-conductor see be- see be- C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 = 1 value 1 = 1 value MACX MCR-EX- NONE = not active low low F = °F 3 = 3 values 2 = 2 values SL-RTD-I 3 = 3-conductor O =  OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 = 5 values 3 = 3 values ON only with output range 7 = 7 values 4 = 4 values 2924142 = =OUT02 4 = 4-conductor 10 = 10 values MACX MCR-EX- 20 = 20 values SL-RTD-I-SP Smallest measuring range span RES01 = Resistor 0 2000  25  PT50 = Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K PT100S = Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K PT500S = Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K NI100DIN = Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K NI500DIN = Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K CU50 = CU50 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.428) -50 200 °C 50 K CU53 = CU53 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.426) -50 180 °C 50 K

Alarm signal Alarm signal Short circuit/ Sensor break/ Factory calibration certificate = FCC overrange underrange ... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

Order key and temperature ranges for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I temperature transducer

Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level Cold junction com- Measuring range: Measuring Output range Filter Filter (SIL) pensation Start End unit Oversampling Moving average value

2924942 / J / ON / 1 / 0 / 1000 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...

MACX MCR-EX- see below ON = active 1 = switched on see be- see be- C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 = 1 value 1 = 1 value SL-TC-I NONE = not active low low F = °F 3 = 3 values 2 = 2 values 0 = switched off V = mV OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 = 5 values 3 = 3 values (e.g., for mV volt- 7 = 7 values 4 = 4 values age measure- 10 = 10 values ON only with output range ment) 20 = 20 values =OUT02 Smallest measuring range span V03 = Voltage (mV) -20 +70 mV 3 mV E = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -250 1000 °C 50 K J = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K K = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K N = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K L = acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K

Alarm signal Alarm signal Overrange Sensor break/ Factory calibration certificate = FCC underrange ... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 167 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Temperature transducer, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC/DCS

passive

RTD - - 4.3 4.3 GN 3.3 3.3 3.3 TC ϑ D

4 2 4 2 3 2 3 2 +

- . . S-PORT I OUT . . ϑ + + 4.1 4.1 U OUT 3.1 3.1 Poti μC 4.3 2 3 2 3 14 ϑ . . 4.2 2.2 2.2 11 DI U,I 4.1 2.1 2.1 12

IN OUT 5.3 5.3 NC 1.3 5.2 5.2 Power 1.2 24V ...230VAC/DC Universal, with switching output, 5.1 5.1 1.1 POWER wide-range power supply

Zone 0,1,2 Zone 2 Zone 20,21,22 Functional safety Ex:   Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor Universal temperature transducer with Thermocouple sensors B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG freely configurable properties for intrinsical- Resistor 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ ly safe operation of resistance thermome- Potentiometer 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ ters, thermocouples, resistance-type Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV Output data U output I output sensors, and potentiometers installed in Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL) Ex areas Maximum output signal ±11 V 22 mA

Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA) – Input for resistance thermometers, ther- Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po- Switching output Switching output tentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia] Contact type 1 PDT Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated – Measure differential temperatures Maximum switching voltage 30 V AC (30 V DC) – Freely programmable input and output Maximum switching current 0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC) General data – Option of inverse output signal ranges Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) –Relay switching output Power consumption < 1.5 W Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K – Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA) IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit Electrical isolation – Programming during operation with Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Ex measuring circuit connected and also Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output/power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, ADAPTER programming adapter surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

nection method Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C – Cold junction compensation with sepa- Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation) rate connector Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 – Wide-range power supply: Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Safety data as per ATEX sensor, and module errors Maximum voltage Uo 6 V – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Maximum current Io 7.4 mA Maximum power Po 11 mW – Installation in zone 2 permitted Conformance / approvals Notes: Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the Ordering data associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on page 118 Pcs. / Description Type Order No. For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Pkt. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input

Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP1) 2865654 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP1) 2924689 1 Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C1) 2811763 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C1) 2924692 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 S-PORT interface

168 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No. Safety integrity level Sensor type Connection Cold junction Measuring range: Measuring Output range Factory calibration (SIL) technology compensation Start End unit certificate = FCC

2811763 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE

2811763 = ON = active see below 2 = 2-conductor 0 = off, e.g., with see be- see be- C = °C OUT15 = 0...5 mA NONE = without FCC MACX MCR-EX- RTD, R, potenti- low low F = °F OUT16 = 0...10 mA T-UI-UP-C NONE = not active ometer, mV O =  OUT01 = 0...20 mA 3 = 3-conductor P = %OUT15= 0...5 mA YES = with FCC (a fee is 2924692 = V = mV OUT25 = 1...5 mA charged) MACX MCR-EX- ON only with output 1 = on, e.g., with TC OUT26 = 2...10 mA T-UI-UP-SP-C range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor OUT02 = 4...20 mA OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with OUT03 = 0...10 V 5 measuring points OUT06 = 1...5 V (a fee is charged) OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V Others can be freely configured in the software

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured range span with the IFS-CONF software:

Resistance thermometers (RTD) PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Freely configurable user characteristic curve Others can be selected or freely config- PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K with 30 interpolation points ured in the software. PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000 = Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be PT100S = Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K freely configured or set according to NE43 PT1000S = Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) PT100G = Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000G = Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) PT100J = Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000J = Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: NI100 = Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K ON) NI1000 = Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K NI100S = Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K - Switching behavior: switching output ? NI1000S = Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura- NI1000L = Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K tion: OFF) CU10 = Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K CU50 = Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 100 K CU100 = Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-20091 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 100 K CU53 = Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426) -50 180 °C 100 K KTY81 = KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K KTY84 = KTY84-130 (Philips) -40 300 °C 20 K

Voltage signals (mV) V04 = Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal Others can be selected in the software. span

9 Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F: T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 169 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Temperature transducer, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS

passive RTD - 3.3 3.3 - 4.3 4.3 GND 3.3 TC ϑ +

Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA) – Input for resistance thermometers, ther- Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po- Switching output Relay output tentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia] Contact type 3 PDTs Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated – Measure differential temperatures Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (250 V DC) – Freely programmable input and output Maximum switching current 2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC) General data – Option of inverse output signal ranges Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) – Three limit value relays, can be used in Power consumption < 2.4 W Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K combination as a safe limit value relay Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA) – Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or Electrical isolation IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Programming during operation with Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Ex measuring circuit connected and also Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output/power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, ADAPTER programming adapter safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C nection method Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation) – Cold junction compensation with sepa- Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 rate connector Dimensions W / H / D 35 / 99 / 114.5 mm – Wide-range power supply: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Safety data as per ATEX – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Maximum voltage Uo 6 V sensor, and module errors Maximum current Io 7.4 mA Maximum power Po 11 mW – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Conformance / approvals – Installation in zone 2 permitted Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC Notes:  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet (www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Ordering data Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the Pcs. / associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on Description Type Order No. page 118 Pkt. For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP1) 2865751 1 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP1) 2924799 1 Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C1) 2865722 1 Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1) 2924809 1 Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 interface

170 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No. Safety integrity level Sensor type Connection Cold junction Measuring range: Measuring Output range Factory calibration (SIL) technology compensation Start End unit certificate = FCC

2865722 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE

2865722 = ON = active see below 2 = 2-conductor 0 = off, e.g., with see be- see be- C = °C OUT15 = 0...5 mA NONE = without FCC MACX MCR-EX- RTD, R, potenti- low low F = °F OUT16 = 0...10 mA T-UIREL-UP-C NONE = not active ometer, mV O =  OUT01 = 0...20 mA 3 = 3-conductor P = %OUT15= 0...5 mA YES = with FCC (a fee is 2924809 = V = mV OUT25 = 1...5 mA charged) MACX MCR-EX- ON only with output 1 = on, e.g., with TC OUT26 = 2...10 mA T-UIREL-UP-SP-C range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor OUT02 = 4...20 mA OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with OUT03 = 0...10 V 5 measuring points OUT06 = 1...5 V (a fee is charged) OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V Others can be freely configured in the software

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured range span with the IFS-CONF software:

Resistance thermometers (RTD) PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Freely configurable user characteristic curve Others can be selected or freely config- PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K with 30 interpolation points ured in the software. PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000 = Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be PT100S = Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K freely configured or set according to NE43 PT1000S = Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) PT100G = Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000G = Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) PT100J = Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K PT1000J = Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: NI100 = Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K ON) NI1000 = Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K NI100S = Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K - Switching behavior: switching output ? NI1000S = Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura- NI1000L = Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K tion: OFF) CU10 = Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K CU50 = Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 100 K CU100 = Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 100 K CU53 = Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426) -50 180 °C 100 K KTY81 = KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K KTY84 = KTY84-130 (Philips) -40 300 °C 20 K

Thermocouples (TC) B = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) 500 1820 °C 50 K Others can be selected in the software. E = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -230 1000 °C 50 K J = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K K = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K N = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K R = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K S = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K T = acc. to IEC 584 (Cu-CuNi) -200 400 °C 50 K L = acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K U = acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) -200 600 °C 50 K CA = C ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K DA = D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K A1G = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 0 2500 °C 50 K A2G = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K A3G = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K MG = M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K LG = L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K

Voltage signals (mV) V04 = Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal Others can be selected in the software. span

9 Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F: T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 171 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI

4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 11 - +

4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 14

4.2- 2.2 2.2 12 4.1+

GND IN OUT 1.2 4.2 +24V 1.1 Faultsignal Signal output: PDT relay Power POWER 4.1 LFD +24V Zone 0,1,2 GND Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2   Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ly safe operation of proximity sensors and No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA

Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Switching output Relay output contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Contact type 1 PDT Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated – Relay signal output (PDT) Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) – Reversible direction of action (operating Maximum switching capacity 500 VA Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA current or closed-circuit current behav- Mechanical service life 107 cycles ior) Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- General data ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC red flashing LED with de-excitation of Current consumption 21 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation < 650 mW output relay Number of channels 1 – Power supply and error indication possi- Electrical isolation ble via the DIN rail connector Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) NAMUR NE 44 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – 3-way electrical isolation Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Notes: Red LED (line errors) Housing material PA 66-FR Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm found from page 182 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Safety data as per ATEX

can be found from page 184 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V Maximum current I 10 mA 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 o Maximum power Po 25 mW

Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: PDT contact Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R1) 2865434 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP1) 2924045 1

172 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI

4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 13 - OUT1 + 3.1 3.1 14

4.1 4.1 4.2- 2.2 2.2 13

OUT2 + 2.1 2.1 14 OUT1 4.1

GND IN OUT2 1.2 4.2 +24V 1.1 Faultsignal 2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay Power POWER 4.1 LFD +24V Zone 0,1,2 GND Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2   Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ly safe operation of proximity sensors and No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA

Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Switching output Relay output contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Contact type 2 N/O contacts Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated – Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact); Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) output 2 can be used as an error message Maximum switching capacity 500 VA Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA output Mechanical service life 107 cycles – Reversible direction of action (operating Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load) current or closed-circuit current behav- General data ior) Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Current consumption 30 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation < 950 mW ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Number of channels 1 red flashing LED with de-excitation of Electrical isolation output relay Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Power supply and error indication possi- Input/supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, ble via the DIN rail connector surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 300 V (Rated insulation voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to rms surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, NAMUR NE 44 safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – 4-way electrical isolation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Notes: Red LED (line errors) Housing material PA 66-FR Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm found from page 182 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Safety data as per ATEX

can be found from page 184 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V Maximum current I 10 mA 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 o Maximum power Po 25 mW

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: 2 N/O contacts Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO1) 2865450 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1) 2924061 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 173 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI -

4.2 3.2 3.2 13 - + CH1 CH1 + 3.1 3.1 14 4.1

5.2 2.2 2.2 13 - CH2 + CH2 + 2.1 2.1 14 IN1 OUT1 5.1

IN2 - GND OUT2 1.2 +24V 1.1 + Faultsignal 2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay Power POWER LFD +24V Zone 0,1,2 GND Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2   Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ly safe operation of proximity sensors and No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA

Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA – 2-channel Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching output Relay output (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Contact type 2 N/O contacts Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) – Relay signal output (N/O contact) Maximum switching capacity 500 VA Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA – Reversible direction of action (operating Mechanical service life 107 cycles current or closed-circuit current behav- Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load) ior) General data – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Current consumption 35 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation < 1 W red flashing LED with de-excitation of Number of channels 2 output relay Electrical isolation – Power supply and error indication possi- Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) ble via the DIN rail connector Input/supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) circuit state, and malfunctions to 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 300 V (Rated insulation voltage, NAMUR NE 44 rms surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, – 3-way electrical isolation safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation) Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) Notes: LED yellow (switching state) Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Red LED (line errors) as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Housing material PA 66-FR found from page 182 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 can be found from page 184 Safety data as per ATEX

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V

Maximum current Io 10.3 mA Maximum power Po 25 mW

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: N/O contact Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO1) 2865476 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1) 2924087 1

174 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI -

4.3 3.3 3.3 12 - + CH1 CH1 + 3.2 3.2 11 4.1 3.1 3.1 14 - 2.3 2.3 12 5.3 - CH2 + CH2 2.2 2.2 11 IN1 OUT1 + 5.1 2.1 2.1 14

- IN2 1.2 OUT2 24...230 V ~– + AC/DC 1.1 2-channel, signal output: PDT relay, POWER wide-range power supply

Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2 Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ly safe operation of proximity sensors and No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Switching hysteresis Approx. 0.2 mA

19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) circuit state, and malfunctions to 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) NAMUR NE 44 Output 1/output 2/input, power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C Notes: Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Housing material PA 66-FR Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 found on page 183 Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V Maximum current Io 10.3 mA

Maximum power Po 25 mW

Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals) 250 V AC (Output terminals) 120 V DC (Output terminals) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: Changeover contact Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP1) 2865984 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1) 2924249 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 175 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI

4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 - - OUT1 + 3.1 3.1 +

4.1 4.1 4.2- 2.2 2.2 -

OUT2 + 2.1 2.1 + OUT1 4.1

GND IN OUT2 1.2 4.2 +24V 1.1 Faultsignal 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive) Power POWER 4.1 LFD +24V Zone 0,1,2 GND Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2   Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ly safe operation of proximity sensors and No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching output 2 transistor outputs, passive (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output) Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant) contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Drop (ΔU) < 1.4 V – 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch up to 5 kHz Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz General data – Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC signaling output Current consumption < 28 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation 800 mW – Reversible direction of action (operating Number of channels 1 current or closed-circuit current behav- Electrical isolation ior) Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, ed/deactivated, error message signaled by surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis- 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) tor output Output 1/output 2 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Power supply and error indication possi- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, ble via the DIN rail connector safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) NAMUR NE 44 Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) – 4-way electrical isolation LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Housing material PA 66-FR – Installation in zone 2 permitted Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Notes: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Safety data as per ATEX

found from page 182 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V Maximum current I 10 mA Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 o Maximum power Po 25 mW Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Maximum voltage U 253 V AC (125 V DC) can be found from page 184 m Conformance / approvals 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolating amplifier, input intrinsically safe, output: Transistor, passive Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T1) 2865463 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP1) 2924074 1

176 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI -

4.2 3.2 3.2 - - + CH1 CH1 + 3.1 3.1 + 4.1

5.2 2.2 2.2 - - CH2 + CH2 + 2.1 2.1 + IN1 OUT1 5.1

IN2 - GND OUT2 1.2 +24V 1.1 + Faultsignal 2-channel, signal output transistor (passive) Power POWER LFD +24V Zone 0,1,2 GND Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2   Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ly safe operation of proximity sensors and No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω – 2-channel Switching output Transistor output, passive – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output) Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant) (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Drop (ΔU) < 1.4 V contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch – Signal output transistor (passive); up to Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz General data 5kHz Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Reversible direction of action (operating Current consumption < 34 mA (24 V DC) Power dissipation 1000 mW current or closed-circuit current behav- Number of channels 2 ior) Electrical isolation – Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) tor output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – Power supply and error indication possi- Output 1/output 2 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, ble via the DIN rail connector surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) – 3-way electrical isolation Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) – Installation in zone 2 permitted Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 found from page 182 Safety data as per ATEX

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V Maximum current I 10.3 mA Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling o can be found from page 184 Maximum power Po 25 mW Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC) 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: Transistor, passive Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T1) 2865489 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP1) 2924090 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 177 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital IN NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI-NAM

- - 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2

+ +

4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1

4.2- 4.1+

GND IN OUT 1.2 4.2 +24V 1.1 Faultsignal With line fault transparency Power POWER 4.1 LFD +24V Zone 0,1,2 GND Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) NAMUR isolation amplifiers for the in- Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit trinsically safe operation of proximity sen- No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10% sors or mechanical contacts installed in the Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking) Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < I < 0.35 mA Ex area. IN Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω Switching output Resistive (transistor, passive) – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching voltage Typ. 8.2 V DC ±10% (according to EN 60947-5-6) (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Switching frequency ≤ 5 kHz (Ohmic load) contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Impedance 0-signal 11 kΩ ±5% Impedance 1-signal 1.4 kΩ ±5% – Signal output with resistive behavior Impedance fault > 100 kΩ (transistor) Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch – Signal output with line fault transparency: General data Supply voltage range 12 V DC ... 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 % line error message directly via output to Current draw 25 mA (24 V DC) PLC or PCS. The output responds in ac- Power dissipation < 0.6 W cordance with EN 60947-5-6. Electrical isolation Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Up to 5 kHz Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

– Direction of operation can be selected Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Line fault detection can be activated/deac- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) tivated 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – Power supply and error indication possi- Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) ble via the DIN rail connector Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) – LED indicators for supply voltage, status, LED yellow (switching state) and fault according to NAMUR NE 44 Red LED (line errors) Housing material PA 66-FR – Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 technology Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm – Safe 3-way electrical isolation Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Safety data as per ATEX

– Installation in zone 2 permissible Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V

Maximum current Io 10 mA Notes: Maximum power Po 25 mW Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC) connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found Conformance / approvals from page 182 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X IECEx Yes Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. NAMUR isolation amplifier, intrinsically safe input, output with line fault transparency Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM 2866006 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP 2924883 1

178 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital OUT Solenoid driver, Ex i

Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC / DCS DO

- 4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 -

4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 + - 2.2 2.2

DI + 2.1 2.1

Faultsignal

OUT - IN 4.2 + GND 1.2 4.1 Current limitation 48 mA, +24V Faultsignal 1.1 POWER with line fault detection

Zone 0,1,2 LFD +24V Zone 20,21,22 GND Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Switching level 0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open) Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 15 V DC ... 30 V DC control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm trans- Input current < 12 mA Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output 3 MΩ (High resistance (Mega Ω)) mitters or indicators installed in the Ex area. Transparent for test pulses Yes Output data Output voltage ≥ 9.5 V DC (At 48 mA) – Input: logic (low/high signal) Current limitation > 48 mA (With cable error detection) – Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V, No-load voltage > 23 V DC Internal resistance ≥ 269 Ω (Internal resistance Ri) [Ex ia] Immunity to short-circuiting Yes

– Line fault detection (can be activated/de- Response time tA < 30 ms Line error detection < 50 Ω (short circuit on the line) activated) > 10 kΩ (line break) - Directly via signal channel Error message output - Or via switching output Switch contact N/C contact Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC – Transparent for test pulses Maximum switching current 50 mA – Power supply and error indication possi- Short-circuit-proof Yes General data ble via the DIN rail connector Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) – LED indicators for supply voltage, status, Current draw < 90 mA and fault according to NAMUR NE 44 Power dissipation < 1.5 W Electrical isolation – Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection Input/output, supply, error message output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) technology 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, – Safe 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, – Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Installation in zone 2 permissible Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Notes: Status indication Green LED (supply voltage) Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail LED yellow (switching state) connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found Red LED (line errors) from page 182 Degree of protection IP20 Housing material PA 66-FR Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum voltage Uo 25.3 V

Maximum current Io 94 mA Maximum power Po 595 mW

Maximum voltage Um 253 V Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X IECEx Yes Functional safety (SIL) SIL 3 (applied for) Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault detection Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD 2924867 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924870 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 179 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Digital OUT Solenoid driver, Ex i

Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC / DCS DO

- 4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2 -

+ +

4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 + - -

4.2

+ + - 4.1 OUT IN

+ Current limitation 25 mA Current limitation 40 mA Current limitation 48 mA Current limitation 58 mA,

Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 Functional safety Div. 1,2 Div. 2  Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Input data Input signal 20 V DC ... 30 V DC

Solenoid drivers for controlling intrinsi- Input current 10 mA DC ... 70 mA DC (45 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for U cally safe solenoid valves, alarm transmit- Output data Output voltage 5.5 V DC (At 25 mA) ters, and indicators installed in Ex areas. Current limitation 25 mA No-load voltage 21.9 V DC

Internal resistance 641 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)287 – 20 ... 30 V DC input Immunity to short-circuiting Yes

– Output [Ex ia] Response time tA 20 ms – Various output characteristic curves com- General data Power dissipation < 1 W patible with the commercial solenoid Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K valves Electrical isolation Output/input 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) – Loop-powered: The required power is 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

supplied via the control signal on the in- 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, put side. safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) – Mechanically compatible with DIN rail Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounti connector Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Status indication Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is – Galvanic 2-way isolation active) – Up to SIL 3 as per EN 61508 Degree of protection IP20 Housing material PA 66-FR – Installation in zone 2 permitted Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Notes: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0. A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - are available from the download center at Safety data as per ATEX www.phoenixcontact.net/products Maximum voltage Uo 25.1 V

Information on marking material can be found on page 127 Maximum current Io 39 mA Maximum power P 245 mW Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling o can be found from page 184 Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC) Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additi ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for C Functional safety (SIL) SIL 3 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Solenoid driver, loop-powered, output intrinsically safe

Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP 2865492 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP 2924113 1

[V]

V 21,9 V 20

output voltage U 5,5 V

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

output current IV [mA]

180 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Current limitation 25 mA Current limitation 40 mA Current limitation 48 mA Current limitation 58 mA, [Ex ia] IIB

 Functional safety  Functional safety  Functional safety Ex:    Ex:    Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Technical data Technical data

20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC

= 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 95 mA (75 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 105 mA (95 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

10 V DC (At 40 mA) 10.5 V DC (At 48 mA) 12.9 V DC (At 58 mA) 40 mA 48 mA 58 mA 21.9 V DC 24 V DC 21.9 V DC

)287 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)276 Ω (Internal resistance Ri) 133 Ω (Internal resistance Ri) Yes Yes Yes 20 ms 30 ms 30 ms

< 1.2 W < 1.4 W < 1.4 W 0.01%/K 0.01%/K 0.01%/K

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollu- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, tion degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is active) active) active) IP20 IP20 IP20 PA 66-FR PA 66-FR PA 66-FR V0 V0 V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

25.1 V 27.7 V 25.1 V 87 mA 101 mA 188 mA 550 mW 697 mW 1.18 W 253 V AC (125 V DC) 253 V AC (125 V DC) 253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 SIL 3 SIL 3 SIL 3 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data

Pcs. / Pcs. / Pcs. / Type Order No. Type Order No. Type Order No. Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP 2865764 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP 2865609 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP 2865515 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP 2924139 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP 2924126 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP 2924100 1

30 30 30

[V] [V] 24 V

V V 21,9 V 21,9 V 20 20 20

ltage U

vo 12,9 V 10,0 V 10,5 V 10 10 10

output

output voltage U output voltage U [V]

0 0 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

output current IV [mA] output current I[V mA] output current IV [mA]

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 181 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Accessories

Power and error message module Power and error message module for feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN 3.3 14 rail connectors and signaling line faults and 3.2 12 Fault out 3.1 11 power supply failures. H 2.2 – – One-time or redundant supply, decoupled PWR 2 D W from diode, protected against polariza- 2.1 + tion 1.2 – Faultsignal PWR 1 – Supply current up to 3.75 A 1.1 + Power and error message module – Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for LFD +24V error messages GND – Error message in the event of a power supply failure or fuse fault   Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL – Bus cable fault message for Housing width 17.5 mm MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices con- Technical data nected via DIN rail connectors Input data – Replaceable fuse Input signal 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC – Installation in zone 2 permissible Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes Polarization and surge protection Yes Output data Maximum output signal 3.75 A ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector Output voltage (Input voltage - max. 0.8 V at 3.75 A) DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging Switching output Relay the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX Contact type 1 PDT Contact material Gold (Au) analog Ex modules. Maximum switching voltage 50 V AC (2 A) – Reduces wiring costs General data Current consumption – System can be extended or module re- Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) placed even while process is active Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation) – Inter-extendable Fuse 5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC Status indication 1 x red LED (error) 2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) Housing material Polyamide (PA 6.6) Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X IECEx Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL, USA / Canada UL 61010 Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Supply and error message module, including the relevant DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

Screw connection MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1 Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1 Accessories DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10 can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval

182 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Accessories

Marking material for device marking – For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field – Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths – Large temperature range

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Color Type Order No. Pkt. UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels

Accessories

Resistance circuit Double-level terminal block with resistance circuit according to NAMUR for line fault detection in the case of mechanical contacts Important: – For intrinsically safe circuits, only in combination with D-UKK 3/5 cover

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Color Type Order No. Pkt. Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors

With screw connection UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 50 Cover, width 2.5 mm gray D-UKK 3/5 2770024 50 blue D-UKK 3/5 BU 2770105 50

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 183 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex Termination carrier for MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are Compact compact solutions for quickly and smoothly – Saves up to 30% of space due to compact connecting DIN rail devices from the design MACX Analog Ex series to input/output Robust and reliable cards of automation systems using system – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum cables. carrier device profile – PCB is completely decoupled from The termination carriers combine the ad- modules vantages of modular DIN rail devices with – PCB without active components those offered by plug and play rapid cabling – Redundant supply and monitoring in solutions to provide a consistent solution separate DIN rail module for system technology. Easy maintenance – Use of standard DIN rail devices – Easy access to connection points Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable – Quick and safe module connection with plug-in and coded cable sets Flexible – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting – Profile section without pitch markings for I/O cards with specific number of channels – Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards of various automation systems with different system plug types

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog, MACX Analog Ex, and Safety 184 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com systems. input/outputor cardsbinary ofautomation from MACX the Analogto Exseriesanalog solution which connects isolating amplifiers universal termination carrier is a compact MACXAnalog amplifiers Ex-isolating Termination carrier for Redundant supply and monitoring in – Forsocket with D-SUB system cables and – Universal 1:1 signal routing to a – Connection of uptosingle-channel 16 – management system. tween HART-capablefield devicesand a plexer, also enables communication be- with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multi- combined when design, carrier termination 1) EMC: Class A product, seepage 571 specifications. accordingplemented toyour im-be can or planned various automationavailable, systems are us:Contact specific terminationfor carrierdesigns I/O modules of Notes: separate DIN rail module ends foropen universal connection 37-pos.D-SUB plug-in connector amplifiers (Ex i-)isolating The The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI Courtesy of Steven Engineering,

- 3 (+) MCR- 1.1 PWR1

(800) 4 (-) 1.2 PW2 5 (+) PWR2 PTB 3.2 6 (-) 2.1 2.2 MACX - safety Analog SIL functional Ex with amplifiers isolating Ex i 258-9200 PTSM X1 DSUB 37 32-channel + 3.1 1 - 20 3.2 CH1

+ 3.1 2 - 21 3.2 CH2 - + [email protected] 3.1 3 - 22 3.2 CH3

+ 3.1 4 - 23 3.2 CH4

+ 3.1 5 - 24 3.2 CH5

+ 3.1 6 - 25 technology control and Measurement 3.2 CH6

- 3.2 + www.stevenengineering.com 9 3.1 - 28 CH9 3.2 + 10 3.1 - 29 CH10 3.2 + 11 3.1 - 30 CH11 3.2 Technical data Technical

+ Ordering data

12 Accessories 3.1 - 31 CH12 3.2 + 13 32

3.1 - 1

CH13 2902932 ) 3.2

PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX + 14 3.1 - 33 CH14 3.2 + 15 Order No. Order 2924854 2924184 2865625 - 34 2865599 3.1 CH15 3.2 + 16 - 35 3.1 CH16 3.2 Pcs. / / Pcs. Pkt. 185 1 1 1 1 1 Measurement and control technology Multiplexers for HART signals Multiplexers for HART signals H D W Multiplexer for digital connection of HART-capable field devices (such as measuring transducers or control valves) to a PC or management system.

– Supports online configuration and diagnostics for the connected HART-capable field devices – Constant documentation of process variables and states – 32 HART channels per multiplexer – Up to 128 HART multiplexers at one PC interface – Communication via software tool Housing width 35.2 mm (e.g., HART OPC Server) using RS-485 in- Technical data terface Field devices interface (HART) – Electrical isolation between auxiliary en- Channels 16 or 32; adjustable using a switch ergy, RS-485 bus and the HART channels Connection method Flat-ribbon cable, 14-pos. (inclusive) Signal HART FSK – HART field devices are accessed at the HART specification HART Field Communication Protocol Rev. 6.0 (downward compatible same time that the measurement signal is up to Rev 4.0); FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 8.1)

transmitted without affecting measured Data transmission display Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “HART” LEDs value processing Display error Red “ERR” LED (flashes in case of an error in the HART bus)

– HART field devices connected via univer- RS-485 interface sal HART connection boards; direct con- Connection method D-SUB-9 socket nection if processing non-Ex signals, with Signal RS-485 separate Ex i signal isolator connected Data flow control/protocols Compatible with OPC HART server, PDM, PRM, and FDT/DTM upstream if processing Ex signals Number of HART multiplexers per bus segment Max. 31 Address setting 0...127; using a rotary switch at the front – Power supplied via HART connection Data rate 9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 [bps]; via rotary switch at the front board Transmission length ≤ 1200 m Display Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “RS-485” LEDs Notes: General data Supply voltage range 18 V ... 31.2 V 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 55 mA Power consumption 1.35 W Operating voltage display Green “PWR” LED Undervoltage monitoring Yes (no faulty devices / output states)

Galvanic isolation of HART signal/RS-485 350 V AC Galvanic isolation of HART signals between each other 100 V DC (Capacitive) Galvanic isolation of HART signal/supply 350 V AC Galvanic isolation of RS-485/supply 350 V AC Error monitoring Processor error: The “PWR” LED flashes; error in the HART communication: the “ERR” LED flashes Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C Humidity ≤ 95% (no condensation) Dimensions W / H / D 35.2 / 99 / 114.5 mm Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. HART multiplexer, 32-channel including two 14-wire flat-ribbon cables MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1 Accessories Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1) 2902932 1

Universal termination carrier for 16 MINI MCR isolators

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1) 2902934 1

HART connection board MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB 2308124 1 Interface converter, for conversion from RS-232 (V.24) to PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P1) 2744416 1 RS-485, with electrical isolation, rail-mountable, changeover of data direction self-controlling or through RTS/CTS

Repeater, for electrical isolation and increased range PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P1) 2744429 1

186 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i 2-conductor field devices Programmable loop-powered temperature measuring transducer, D Ex i W H – 1-channel – Loop-powered – Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, and linear mV signals, Ex ia IIC - – Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA 1 DC D 5 OUT 1 DADC – Can be installed in zone 1 2 6 GND 1

– Galvanic 2-way isolation 3 – HART-capable (MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX) + 4 – Configuration using software Loop-powered, programmable Notes: The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.  Ex:   To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device Block diagram MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX Housing width 12.5 mm (2864587), you need a HART modem. Technical data To configure the MCR-FL-T-LP-EX device (2864574), you Measuring input need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K MCR/PI-CONF-WIN software, see page 190 Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor 10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω) 10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω) Voltage -10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV) Configuration Yes, programmable Measuring output Output signal range 4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA Maximum output signal ≤ 23 mA

Load ≤ 520 Ω (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 12 V / 0.023 A) Line monitoring NE 43 Short-circuit current ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA

General data Supply voltage range 12 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 3.5 mA Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000) Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R) Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω) Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV) Test voltage input/output 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Switch on delay time 4 s Standards/regulations NAMUR recommendation NE 21 Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm Connection method Plug-in screw connection Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Safety data as per ATEX MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

Maximum voltage Ui 30 V 30 V Maximum current Ii 100 mA 100 mA

Maximum power Pi 750 mW 750 mW

Maximum voltage Uo 5 V DC 4.4 V DC Maximum current Io 5.9 mA 9.6 mA

Maximum power Po 7.2 mW 10.6 mW Gas group II A II B II C II A II B II C - max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 100 100 100 100 100 100 - max. external capacity Co [µF] 10 10 2 12 12 2.4 Maximum ambient temperature T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T4 = 85°C, T5 = 65°C, T6 = 55°C T6 = 50°C

Conformance / approvals Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant ATEX  II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T6  II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4...T6 UL, USA / Canada cULus cULus Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 - - 1 DC D 5 OUT 1 Ordering data

2 DADC 6 GND 1 Pcs. / Description Type Order No. 3 Pkt.

+ 4 MCR temperature transducer, for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors

HART-compatible MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX 2864587 1 MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX 2864574 1

Block diagram MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 187 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i 2-conductor field devices Programmable loop-powered temperature measuring transducers with connection heads, Ex i – 1-channel – Loop-powered – Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, and linear mV signals, Ex ia IIC – Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA 3 DC D 1 OUT 1 DADC – Can be installed in zone 0 4 2 GND 1

– Galvanic 2-way isolation 5

– HART-compatible 6 Loop-powered, Notes: programmable The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-conductor connection. To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device,  Ex:   you need a HART modem. Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX Technical data Measuring input Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor 10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω) 10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω) Voltage -10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV) Configuration Yes, programmable Measuring output Output signal range 4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA Maximum output signal ≤ 23 mA

Load ≤ 630 Ω (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 10 V / 0.023 A) Line monitoring NE 43 Short-circuit current ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data Supply voltage range 12 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 3.5 mA Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000) Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R) Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω) Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...75 mV) Test voltage input/output 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Switch on delay time 6 s Degree of protection IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head) Mounting position Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B Connection Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B Standards/regulations NAMUR recommendation NE 21 Housing material Polycarbonate, PC Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15 Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum voltage Ui 30 V

Maximum current Ii 100 mA

Maximum power Pi 750 mW Maximum voltage Uo 5 V DC

Maximum current Io 5.4 mA

Maximum power Po 6.6 mW Gas group II A II B II C - max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 100 100 100 - max. external capacity Co [µF] 9.9 9.9 2 Maximum ambient temperature Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C ∅44 Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C ∅33 Conformance / approvals

Conformance CE-compliant 4

5 ATEX  II 1 G and II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4

3 5 6 UL, USA / Canada cULus

∅ Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508

∅ Ordering data

2 1 Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, smart, for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors 21 MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX 2864545 1

188 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i 2-conductor field devices Programmable loop-powered temperature measuring transducers with connection heads, Ex i – 1-channel – Loop-powered – Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, and linear mV signals, Ex ia IIC – Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA 3 DC D 1 OUT 1 DADC – Can be installed in zone 0 4 2 GND 1

– Galvanic 2-way isolation 5

– Configuration using software 6 Loop-powered, Notes: programmable The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection. You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza-  Ex:   tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 190 Technical data Measuring input Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Load ≤ 720 Ω (For UV = 24 V; Usupply - 8 V / 0.025 A) Line monitoring NE 43 Short-circuit current ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable) Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data Supply voltage range 8 V DC ... 30 V DC Current consumption < 3.5 mA Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000) Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R) Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω) Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV) Test voltage input/output 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Switch on delay time 6 s Degree of protection IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head) Mounting position Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B Connection Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B Standards/regulations NAMUR recommendation NE 21 Housing material Polycarbonate, PC Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15 Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum voltage Ui 30 V

Maximum current Ii 100 mA

Maximum power Pi 750 mW Maximum voltage Uo 8.2 V DC

Maximum current Io 4.6 mA

Maximum power Po 9.35 mW Gas group II B II C - max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 8.5 4.5 - max. external capacity Co [µF] 1.9 0.974 Maximum ambient temperature Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C ∅44 Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C ∅33 Conformance / approvals

Conformance CE-compliant 4

5 ATEX  II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4

3 5 6 UL, USA / Canada cULus

∅

7 Ordering data

∅

2 Pcs. /

Description Type Order No. 1 Pkt. MCR temperature measuring transducer, for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX 2864532 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 189 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Ex i 2-conductor field devices Accessories

Configuration software package The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable loop-powered temperature transducers. – For temperature transducers MCR-FL-T(S)-LP-I-EX and MCR-FL-HT-T(S)-I-EX – Galvanically isolated – Configuration possible during operation – Straightforward menu interface Ordering data – Rapid programming Pcs. / The computer and the measuring trans- Description Type Order No. Pkt. ducer communicate with one another via a MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-, software adapter cable and a serial inter- MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and face. MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Notes: MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1 The software runs under the following operating systems: Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Accessories

USB adapter cable Software adapter cable For connecting the programmable MCR-/PI modules to the USB interface of a computer, the USB adapter cable CM-KBL-RS232/USB can be used together with the relevant adapter cables. Pro- gramming with the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN software is possible under the operating systems Windows 98™, Windows 2000™ and Windows XP™. The following modules are supported: Ordering data – MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX Pcs. / – MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX Description Type Order No. Pkt. USB adapter cable, D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1 Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection, for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules

MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 1 Accessories Adapter cable, stranded, 9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 1 pin

190 PHOENIX CONTACT Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com Measurement and control technology Accessories Accessories

Shield fast connection – For connecting cable shielding to cable terminal points – Can be connected to PLUGTRAB PT – Easy assembly

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Type Order No. Pkt. Shield fast connection For Ø 3-6 mm SSA 3-6 2839295 10 For Ø 5-10 mm SSA 5-10 2839512 10

Accessories

Te s t p lu g

Ordering data

Pcs. / Description Color Type Order No. Pkt. Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10 Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10 white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10 blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10 yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10 green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10 gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10 black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 191 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com